The voyages and adventures of Capt. Barth. Sharp and others in the South Sea being a journal of the same : also Capt. Van Horn with his buccanieres surprizing of la Veracruz : to which is added the true relation of Sir Henry Morgan his expedition against the Spaniards in the West-Indies and his taking Panama : together with the president of Panama's [i.e. Juan Perez de Guzman] account of the same expedition, translated out of Spanish : and Col. Beeston's adjustment of the peace between the Spaniards and English in the West Indies / published by P.A., Esq.
      
       
         
           1684
        
      
       Approx. 205 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 99 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-05 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A26296
         Wing A4315
         ESTC R9181
         12384055
         ocm 12384055
         60800
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A26296)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 60800)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 267:18)
      
       
         
           
             The voyages and adventures of Capt. Barth. Sharp and others in the South Sea being a journal of the same : also Capt. Van Horn with his buccanieres surprizing of la Veracruz : to which is added the true relation of Sir Henry Morgan his expedition against the Spaniards in the West-Indies and his taking Panama : together with the president of Panama's [i.e. Juan Perez de Guzman] account of the same expedition, translated out of Spanish : and Col. Beeston's adjustment of the peace between the Spaniards and English in the West Indies / published by P.A., Esq.
             Ayres, Philip, 1638-1712.
             Perez de Guzman, Juan.
             Beeston, William, Sir, b. 1636.
          
           [24], 172 p.
           
             Printed by B.W. for R.H. and S.T. and are to be sold by Walter Davis ...,
             London :
             1684.
          
           
             This work is in part supplementary to the English ed. of Exquemelin's Bucaniers of America, 1684, and in part a vindication of the English, especially Capt. Henry Morgan, from the aspersions of that writer. "The adventures of Capt. Barth. Sharp and others in the South Sea" (p. 1-114) differs from both Basil Ringrose's account, published in "Bucaniers of America, the second volume, containing the dangerous voyage ... of Captain Bartholomew Sharp," 1685, and Sharpe's own journal as printed in William Hack's Collection of original voyages, 1699.
             Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Sharpe, Bartholomew, fl. 1679-1682.
           Morgan, Henry, -- Sir, 1635?-1688.
           Horn, -- Captain van, d. 1683.
           Buccaneers.
           Pirates.
           Spanish Main.
           West Indies -- History.
        
      
    
     
        2002-12 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2003-01 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2003-02 Jennifer Kietzman
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-02 Jennifer Kietzman
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2003-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           VOYAGES
           AND
           ADVENTURES
           OF
           Capt.
           
             BARTH
             .
             SHARP
          
           And
           others
           ,
           in
           the
           South
           Sea
           :
           BEING
           A
           JOURNAL
           of
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           ALSO
           Capt.
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           with
           his
           Buccanieres
           surprizing
           of
           
             la
             VERA
             CRUZ
          
           .
        
         
           To
           which
           is
           added
           The
           true
           Relation
           of
           Sir
           
             Henry
             M●rgan
          
           his
           Expedition
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           in
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           and
           his
           taking
           Panama
           .
        
         
           Together
           with
           The
           President
           of
           Panama's
           Account
           of
           the
           same
           Expedition
           :
           Translated
           out
           of
           Spanish
           .
        
         
           And
           Col.
           Beeston's
           adjustment
           of
           the
           Peace
           between
           the
           Spaniards
           and
           English
           in
           the
           
             West
             Indies
          
           .
        
         
           Published
           by
           
             P.
             A.
          
           
             Esq
          
        
         
           LONDON
           Printed
           by
           
             B.
             W.
          
           for
           
             R.
             H.
          
           and
           
             S.
             T.
          
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           by
           
             Walter
             Davis
          
           in
           Amen-Corner
           .
           MDCLXXXIV
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           THE
           PREFACE
           .
        
         
           THE
           Reader
           may
           well
           wonder
           at
           the
           disposing
           thus
           ,
           the
           several
           Relations
           in
           this
           small
           Volume
           :
           I
           shall
           therefore
           for
           his
           satisfaction
           give
           this
           following
           account
           .
           That
           the
           Exploits
           of
           Captain
           Sharp
           ,
           and
           others
           in
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           in
           service
           of
           the
           Emperour
           of
           Darien
           ,
           
           being
           the
           first
           that
           came
           to
           my
           Hands
           ,
           at
           the
           time
           the
           late
           History
           of
           Buccanieres
           was
           published
           ;
           and
           I
           finding
           it
           to
           be
           a
           plain
           Journal
           ,
           not
           unpleasant
           ,
           and
           much
           of
           the
           same
           kind
           ,
           writ
           by
           a
           Seaman
           ,
           though
           not
           learned
           and
           accurate
           in
           his
           stile
           ;
           yet
           one
           that
           certainly
           was
           very
           skilful
           and
           industrious
           in
           the
           Art
           of
           Sailing
           ,
           who
           seems
           to
           have
           given
           a
           true
           and
           just
           Relation
           of
           what
           befel
           them
           in
           that
           Expedition
           :
           most
           of
           which
           I
           have
           heard
           confirmed
           by
           others
           ,
           who
           were
           actually
           present
           in
           all
           those
           Adventures
           :
           For
           that
           reason
           I
           thought
           it
           might
           not
           be
           unacceptable
           to
           the
           world
           .
           To
           which
           I
           have
           only
           this
           to
           add
           ,
           That
           this
           Emperor
           of
           Darien
           had
           been
           formerly
           surprized
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           by
           them
           carried
           to
           Panama
           ,
           where
           he
           learnt
           indifferently
           the
           Spanish
           Language
           ,
           and
           was
           called
           by
           them
           
             Sennordon
             Andreas
          
           :
           
           But
           he
           ,
           after
           his
           escape
           ,
           for
           their
           kind
           treatment
           of
           him
           ,
           has
           never
           ceased
           making
           War
           upon
           them
           ,
           always
           falling
           on
           whereever
           he
           sees
           any
           good
           opportunity
           ;
           and
           when
           like
           to
           be
           overpowered
           ,
           he
           retreats
           amongst
           his
           Hills
           ,
           Woods
           ,
           and
           Rivers
           ,
           with
           which
           last
           his
           Countrey
           is
           very
           well
           stored
           ,
           and
           so
           baffles
           the
           industrious
           revenge
           of
           his
           Enemies
           .
           The
           exact
           limits
           of
           that
           which
           is
           properly
           called
           the
           Province
           or
           District
           of
           Darien
           (
           which
           our
           Author
           has
           omitted
           to
           give
           us
           )
           are
           thus
           described
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           bounded
           on
           the
           South
           by
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           
             New
             Granada
          
           ;
           by
           the
           Gulf
           of
           Uraba
           or
           Darien
           on
           the
           East
           ;
           by
           the
           South
           Sea
           on
           the
           West
           ;
           and
           on
           the
           North
           by
           the
           Province
           of
           Panama
           ;
           to
           which
           Government
           this
           is
           now
           annexed
           ,
           I
           mean
           ,
           so
           much
           as
           the
           Spaniards
           have
           of
           it
           .
           
           It
           took
           its
           name
           from
           the
           River
           so
           called
           ,
           running
           into
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           and
           has
           a
           small
           Town
           ,
           though
           once
           a
           great
           City
           ,
           called
           
             Santa
             Maria
             del
             Darien
          
           ,
           but
           more
           commonly
           ,
           
             Santa
             Maria
          
           only
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           
             la
             Antigua
          
           ,
           signifying
           the
           Ancient
           City
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           thing
           which
           is
           a
           short
           Account
           of
           
             Van
             Horns
          
           taking
           
             la
             Vera
             Cruz
          
           ,
           being
           more
           Modern
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           same
           nature
           ,
           I
           added
           ;
           together
           with
           the
           destroying
           the
           French
           Pyrates
           by
           Captain
           Carlisle
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           be
           seen
           what
           care
           is
           taken
           to
           suppress
           such
           as
           molest
           so
           considerable
           a
           support
           of
           our
           Nation
           ,
           as
           is
           our
           Trade
           and
           Commerce
           with
           Foreign
           Countries
           ;
           of
           which
           that
           with
           Spain
           is
           not
           the
           least
           :
           for
           by
           it
           more
           of
           our
           Manufactures
           are
           taken
           off
           ,
           than
           by
           any
           other
           whatsoever
           .
           Besides
           
           this
           of
           Captain
           Carlisle's
           ,
           if
           I
           had
           the
           leasure
           ,
           I
           could
           have
           given
           an
           account
           of
           several
           others
           ,
           both
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           and
           Merchant-Ships
           ,
           fitted
           and
           manned
           out
           as
           such
           ,
           by
           the
           Goverours
           of
           
             Jamaica
             ,
             Barbados
          
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Leeward
             Islands
          
           ,
           on
           purpose
           for
           scouring
           the
           Seas
           of
           the
           Buccanieres
           or
           Pyrates
           ,
           who
           being
           a
           mixture
           of
           divers
           Nations
           ,
           but
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           them
           French
           and
           Dutch
           ,
           make
           Prize
           of
           all
           they
           meet
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           Relation
           is
           of
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           ,
           which
           according
           to
           method
           ought
           to
           have
           been
           placed
           first
           ,
           but
           I
           had
           no
           intentions
           of
           printing
           that
           ,
           till
           I
           had
           read
           over
           and
           considered
           the
           said
           History
           of
           Buccanieres
           ,
           and
           then
           thought
           my self
           obliged
           no
           longer
           to
           conceal
           such
           an
           Authentick
           account
           of
           that
           Expedition
           :
           To
           which
           
           I
           have
           adjoyned
           the
           President
           of
           Panama's
           Letter
           ,
           which
           was
           intercepted
           ,
           going
           for
           Spain
           ,
           and
           confirms
           (
           if
           need
           were
           )
           the
           Credit
           of
           the
           precedent
           Relation
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           last
           Paper
           ,
           in
           which
           is
           mentioned
           the
           settling
           the
           Peace
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           with
           a
           Description
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Carthagena
           ;
           since
           it
           related
           somewhat
           to
           the
           foregoing
           Pieces
           ,
           I
           thought
           it
           not
           improper
           ,
           with
           it
           to
           conclude
           these
           Miscellanies
           .
        
         
           But
           I
           confess
           ,
           I
           had
           yet
           another
           design
           in
           printing
           that
           one
           Expedition
           of
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           ,
           which
           was
           ,
           That
           I
           might
           in
           some
           measure
           rescue
           the
           Honour
           of
           that
           incomparable
           Souldier
           and
           Seaman
           ,
           from
           the
           Hands
           of
           such
           as
           would
           load
           him
           with
           the
           blackest
           infamy
           .
           I
           could
           not
           
           therefore
           forbear
           making
           some
           few
           reflections
           on
           the
           aforementioned
           History
           of
           Buccanieres
           ,
           but
           more
           especially
           that
           part
           which
           concerns
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           and
           the
           English
           .
           For
           it
           is
           against
           them
           ,
           the
           Authors
           Malice
           seems
           most
           to
           be
           aimed
           ,
           endeavouring
           on
           all
           occasions
           to
           represent
           them
           the
           most
           Lewd
           ,
           Perfidious
           ,
           and
           Barbarous
           People
           in
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           And
           whereas
           the
           Translator
           ,
           who
           ,
           I
           confess
           ,
           seems
           to
           have
           performed
           his
           part
           well
           enough
           ,
           in
           having
           rendered
           it
           from
           the
           Spanish
           Translation
           ,
           does
           in
           his
           Encomiums
           of
           the
           Author
           ,
           comparing
           him
           to
           the
           admirable
           Historian
           Comines
           ,
           very
           much
           extoll
           his
           Candour
           ,
           and
           fidelity
           ,
           in
           recording
           the
           Actions
           and
           Valour
           of
           the
           English
           ;
           then
           at
           large
           he
           commends
           his
           Stile
           and
           Method
           ;
           
           and
           highly
           applauds
           the
           Truth
           and
           Sincerity
           of
           his
           History
           .
        
         
           I
           will
           not
           trouble
           my self
           to
           shew
           the
           inequality
           of
           the
           Parallel
           ,
           with
           the
           incomparable
           Comines
           :
           And
           as
           for
           his
           faithful
           recording
           their
           Actions
           ,
           and
           Valour
           ,
           I
           must
           allow
           him
           to
           have
           writ
           some
           of
           their
           heroick
           Exploits
           well
           enough
           ,
           which
           of
           themselves
           were
           so
           Eminent
           ,
           that
           had
           he
           gone
           about
           to
           have
           lessened
           ,
           it
           would
           have
           taken
           away
           all
           credit
           from
           his
           History
           :
           But
           he
           has
           most
           maliciously
           stigmatized
           them
           all
           the
           while
           ,
           as
           valiant
           Thieves
           and
           Murderers
           .
           So
           that
           there
           is
           no
           Man
           that
           reads
           them
           ,
           who
           does
           not
           conceive
           a
           horrour
           against
           the
           barbarous
           Actors
           of
           those
           Cruelties
           .
        
         
         
           Neither
           will
           I
           find
           fault
           with
           the
           Authors
           Stile
           ,
           and
           Method
           ;
           But
           it
           is
           chiefly
           the
           boasted
           Truth
           and
           sincerity
           of
           the
           History
           which
           I
           am
           most
           concerned
           to
           expose
           ,
           being
           therein
           able
           to
           detect
           innumerable
           Falsities
           ;
           and
           for
           Vouchers
           of
           what
           I
           affirm
           ,
           can
           produce
           a
           whole
           Cloud
           of
           Witnesses
           ;
           many
           of
           which
           Romances
           are
           so
           palpable
           ,
           that
           the
           Author
           could
           not
           possibly
           write
           them
           by
           mistake
           ,
           but
           has
           inserted
           them
           on
           purpose
           ,
           certainly
           as
           embellishments
           to
           set
           off
           his
           Story
           .
        
         
           To
           begin
           then
           with
           Sir
           Morgan's
           Parentage
           ;
           He
           makes
           him
           the
           Son
           of
           a
           Yeoman
           ,
           and
           that
           be
           sold
           himself
           for
           Barbados
           ;
           when
           it
           is
           sufficiently
           known
           he
           was
           descended
           of
           an
           honourable
           Family
           in
           Monmouthshire
           ,
           and
           went
           at
           first
           
           out
           of
           England
           ,
           with
           the
           Army
           commanded
           by
           General
           Venables
           for
           Hispaniola
           and
           Jamaica
           .
        
         
           Then
           his
           cruel
           usage
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           at
           
             Puerto
             Velo
             ,
             Maracàibo
             ,
             Gibraltàr
          
           and
           Panamà
           ,
           Murdering
           many
           in
           cold
           blood
           ;
           Racking
           and
           torturing
           some
           to
           confess
           where
           their
           Treasure
           lay
           ,
           till
           they
           dyed
           ;
           Starving
           others
           in
           Prison
           ;
           Ravishing
           Women
           ,
           and
           the
           like
           barbarities
           ;
           which
           this
           
             Dutch
             Comines
          
           affirms
           he
           saw
           him
           not
           only
           suffer
           his
           Men
           daily
           to
           commit
           ,
           but
           acted
           himself
           as
           their
           example
           .
           All
           those
           Cruelties
           ,
           contrary
           to
           the
           nature
           and
           temper
           of
           an
           Englishman
           ,
           I
           have
           heard
           absolutely
           contradicted
           by
           persons
           of
           infallible
           credit
           ;
           and
           any
           may
           be
           convinced
           of
           the
           fouluess
           of
           the
           Scandal
           thrown
           on
           this
           Excellent
           Man
           ,
           who
           are
           but
           acquainted
           with
           
           such
           as
           then
           lived
           in
           Jamaica
           ,
           many
           of
           whom
           are
           now
           living
           in
           London
           .
           Nay
           the
           English
           Merchants
           of
           Cadiz
           ,
           who
           resided
           ther●
           at
           the
           time
           these
           Spaniards
           of
           Panama
           returned
           from
           the
           Indies
           ,
           affirm
           ,
           that
           those
           very
           persons
           confessed
           ,
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           was
           so
           far
           from
           doing
           any
           such
           base
           Actions
           ,
           That
           they
           highly
           applauded
           his
           Generosity
           ,
           and
           the
           Care
           he
           took
           ,
           That
           none
           of
           those
           severe
           things
           should
           be
           practised
           by
           his
           Men
           ,
           as
           are
           usual
           by
           a
           Conquerour
           ,
           when
           he
           has
           his
           Enemies
           at
           his
           mercy
           ,
           after
           an
           obstinate
           resistance
           .
           This
           makes
           me
           think
           that
           our
           Dutch
           Author
           ,
           having
           the
           Idea
           of
           the
           Business
           of
           Amboina
           in
           his
           Head
           ,
           has
           endeavoured
           to
           copy
           out
           that
           ,
           and
           lay
           it
           on
           the
           English
           ,
           to
           render
           them
           as
           infamous
           to
           Posterity
           ,
           for
           these
           supposed
           villanies
           in
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           as
           some
           of
           his
           
           Countreymen
           have
           by
           their
           real
           ones
           in
           the
           East
           .
        
         
           I
           am
           also
           assured
           by
           good
           Authority
           ,
           That
           the
           Tale
           of
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           his
           ill
           usage
           of
           the
           Spanish
           Lady
           at
           Panama
           ,
           is
           altogether
           a
           Romance
           ;
           for
           so
           careful
           was
           he
           ,
           that
           as
           soon
           as
           he
           had
           taken
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           quenched
           the
           fire
           ,
           he
           caused
           most
           of
           the
           Women
           of
           the
           City
           to
           be
           brought
           to
           one
           place
           ,
           where
           he
           set
           a
           strict
           guard
           over
           them
           ,
           to
           prevent
           the
           Souldiers
           ,
           or
           any
           others
           abusing
           them
           ,
           and
           gave
           out
           his
           Orders
           ,
           prohibiting
           all
           men
           the
           offering
           them
           the
           least
           violence
           or
           injury
           ,
           on
           pain
           of
           a
           severe
           punishment
           .
           And
           under
           what
           loose
           government
           soever
           his
           men
           are
           represented
           to
           have
           lived
           ;
           I
           affirm
           ,
           That
           few
           Generals
           have
           kept
           their
           Armies
           with
           a
           more
           strict
           Discipline
           ,
           than
           he
           .
           Nor
           can
           I
           think
           
           it
           possible
           for
           him
           to
           have
           done
           all
           those
           great
           Actions
           with
           Men
           of
           so
           base
           and
           dissolute
           tempers
           ,
           as
           our
           Dutch
           Historian
           paints
           them
           to
           be
           :
           But
           ,
           
             Piensa
             el
             Ladron
             ,
             quetodos
             son
             de
             su
             Condicion
             .
          
        
         
           And
           for
           confirmation
           of
           what
           I
           have
           now
           asserted
           ;
           At
           his
           return
           from
           Panama
           ,
           when
           he
           brought
           the
           Prisoners
           to
           
             la
             Cruz
          
           ,
           in
           his
           way
           to
           Chagre
           Castle
           ,
           to
           induce
           them
           to
           pay
           their
           Ransomes
           ;
           the
           Women
           ,
           especially
           such
           as
           seemed
           to
           be
           of
           any
           quality
           ,
           and
           could
           ride
           ,
           were
           set
           on
           Horses
           ,
           Mules
           ,
           or
           Asses
           ,
           and
           had
           Men
           appointed
           to
           attend
           them
           with
           all
           respect
           .
           And
           our
           
             Dutch
             Mandevil
          
           says
           that
           such
           as
           were
           not
           able
           to
           redeem
           themselves
           ,
           were
           transported
           ;
           which
           is
           of
           equal
           credit
           with
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           villanous
           Tales
           .
           For
           I
           am
           assured
           that
           no
           one
           person
           ,
           Man
           ,
           Woman
           or
           Child
           (
           the
           Slaves
           
           only
           excepted
           )
           were
           so
           much
           as
           ever
           carried
           a
           shipboard
           ,
           but
           were
           acquitted
           and
           set
           at
           liberty
           ,
           when
           he
           embarked
           .
        
         
           Moreover
           this
           Celebrated
           Buccanier
           Historian
           ,
           relating
           these
           Acts
           of
           Hostility
           done
           in
           the
           Indies
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           insinuates
           all
           along
           ,
           That
           these
           were
           all
           Robberies
           and
           savage
           Butcheries
           ,
           committed
           by
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           Crew
           ,
           who
           were
           a
           parcel
           of
           Thieves
           ,
           Murtherers
           and
           Pyrates
           ;
           Men
           who
           did
           all
           this
           for
           the
           sake
           of
           Plunder
           ,
           Blood-shed
           ,
           and
           Rapine
           ,
           without
           any
           other
           colour
           or
           pretext
           whatsoever
           ;
           filling
           the
           World
           with
           horrour
           and
           amazement
           at
           the
           reading
           his
           terrible
           Stories
           :
           So
           that
           out
           of
           Malice
           ,
           or
           at
           best
           ,
           Ignorance
           ,
           he
           omits
           to
           tell
           us
           ,
           That
           though
           we
           had
           not
           formally
           a
           War
           proclaimed
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           there
           in
           the
           Indies
           ,
           
           yet
           would
           not
           they
           listen
           to
           any
           proposals
           of
           Peace
           with
           us
           ,
           beyond
           the
           Tropick
           ,
           till
           about
           the
           year
           1670.
           that
           it
           had
           been
           concluded
           in
           Madrid
           by
           Sir
           
             William
             Godolphin
          
           his
           Majesties
           Ambassador
           there
           ,
           and
           the
           Articles
           sent
           over
           from
           hence
           by
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Linch
          
           to
           Jamaica
           ;
           before
           which
           time
           ,
           there
           daily
           happened
           great
           Acts
           of
           Hostility
           and
           Depredations
           on
           either
           side
           ,
           done
           as
           well
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           against
           us
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           English
           against
           them
           ;
           and
           ●o
           doubt
           but
           Revenge
           spurred
           on
           many
           that
           had
           been
           sufferers
           ,
           to
           the
           committing
           some
           severe
           things
           ,
           and
           to
           heightening
           the
           Rage
           on
           both
           sides
           .
           For
           the
           Spaniards
           all
           this
           while
           were
           ●ot
           idle
           ,
           they
           took
           our
           Merchants
           ships
           ;
           Plundred
           and
           spoiled
           our
           Plantations
           ,
           particularly
           at
           Jamaica
           ;
           Used
           our
           Men
           with
           all
           the
           severity
           and
           rigour
           ,
           that
           an
           enemy
           could
           do
           ,
           throwing
           them
           over
           board
           ,
           exposing
           them
           in
           Boats
           ,
           
           and
           on
           Rafts
           ,
           without
           Provision
           ,
           to
           the
           mercy
           of
           the
           Sea
           ;
           Turning
           them
           on
           uninhabited
           Islands
           ;
           Leaving
           them
           on
           Countreys
           to
           be
           destroyed
           by
           the
           Indians
           ,
           keeping
           and
           starving
           them
           in
           Dungeo●s
           ,
           and
           making
           slaves
           of
           them
           .
           All
           which
           severities
           might
           well
           incense
           such
           as
           out-lived
           these
           miseries
           ,
           if
           they
           ever
           escaped
           ,
           to
           put
           in
           practice
           all
           manner
           of
           Revenge
           .
        
         
           Now
           if
           I
           have
           rightly
           stated
           this
           point
           ,
           then
           neither
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           ,
           nor
           any
           that
           fought
           under
           him
           ,
           can
           be
           said
           to
           be
           Pyrates
           or
           Buccanieres
           ;
           I
           mean
           ,
           if
           he
           acted
           by
           Commission
           from
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Muddiford
          
           ,
           or
           any
           Governour
           of
           Jamaica
           before
           him
           ;
           as
           ,
           if
           I
           mistake
           not
           ,
           I
           have
           heard
           he
           really
           did
           ;
           which
           if
           true
           ,
           though
           done
           without
           the
           Kings
           allowance
           or
           knowledge
           ,
           I
           presume
           it
           justifies
           him
           ,
           though
           not
           the
           Governour
           ;
           So
           that
           any
           
           Fleet
           ,
           might
           in
           time
           of
           War
           as
           well
           be
           called
           Pyrates
           ;
           and
           an
           Historian
           describing
           the
           miseries
           attending
           a
           War
           between
           two
           Princes
           ,
           might
           term
           the
           men
           slain
           in
           Battle
           ,
           to
           be
           murdered
           ;
           and
           the
           Calamities
           befalling
           a
           Town
           taken
           by
           storm
           ,
           to
           be
           cruelties
           exercised
           by
           Thieves
           and
           Robbers
           ,
           for
           the
           sake
           of
           Plunder
           ,
           and
           satiating
           their
           thirst
           after
           Blood.
           
        
         
           I
           would
           not
           have
           any
           judge
           me
           so
           vain
           ,
           to
           think
           my self
           able
           to
           vindicate
           these
           men
           from
           every
           ill
           Action
           ,
           and
           imagine
           I
           could
           make
           them
           pass
           for
           Saints
           :
           But
           I
           still
           affirm
           ,
           that
           those
           dismal
           Stories
           of
           Murdering
           in
           cold
           Blood
           ,
           Torturing
           ,
           Ravishing
           ,
           Starving
           ,
           and
           other
           such
           Barbarities
           ,
           are
           foisted
           in
           by
           the
           Author
           ,
           to
           lard
           his
           History
           with
           delightful
           variety
           ,
           and
           to
           fix
           an
           odium
           on
           the
           English
           Nation
           in
           general
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           be
           
           hated
           by
           others
           .
           And
           I
           further
           say
           ,
           That
           perchance
           never
           Man
           behaved
           himself
           with
           more
           true
           valour
           and
           resolution
           of
           mind
           to
           accomplish
           what
           he
           had
           undertaken
           ,
           shewed
           more
           prudent
           and
           soldierly
           Conduct
           ,
           nor
           took
           more
           care
           for
           preventing
           all
           irregularities
           amongst
           his
           Men
           ,
           by
           his
           own
           example
           ,
           than
           the
           renowned
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           ,
           who
           has
           been
           thus
           scandalously
           affronted
           by
           these
           Sourrilous
           Pens
           :
           For
           I
           cannot
           call
           otherwise
           either
           the
           Dutch
           Author
           ,
           or
           Spanish
           and
           English
           Translators
           .
           Since
           there
           is
           no
           doubt
           but
           that
           if
           he
           had
           been
           the
           Pyrate
           ,
           and
           ill
           Man
           ,
           he
           is
           by
           them
           painted
           out
           to
           be
           ;
           he
           would
           have
           been
           punished
           as
           such
           a
           one
           ,
           instead
           of
           being
           honoured
           with
           a
           Knighthood
           ,
           as
           he
           was
           at
           his
           coming
           home
           to
           England
           :
           and
           since
           that
           made
           Deputy●
           Governour
           of
           Jamaica
           ,
           under
           the
           
           Right
           Honourable
           the
           Earl
           of
           Carlisle
           ,
           and
           Lieutenant-General
           of
           the
           said
           Island
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           one
           absurd
           story
           more
           ,
           amongst
           many
           others
           ,
           which
           I
           had
           like
           to
           have
           passed
           over
           without
           remark
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           His
           firing
           the
           City
           of
           Panama
           just
           at
           his
           entring
           in
           to
           it
           ,
           as
           this
           French-Hollander
           affirms
           ;
           which
           if
           he
           did
           ,
           it
           was
           but
           ill
           Policy
           ,
           to
           burn
           the
           Town
           he
           came
           so
           far
           to
           plunder
           ,
           '
           ere
           he
           was
           well
           got
           within
           it
           .
           But
           this
           is
           owned
           by
           the
           President
           ,
           in
           his
           Letter
           ,
           to
           have
           been
           done
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           themselves
           ,
           on
           purpose
           to
           disappoint
           the
           English
           of
           their
           Booty
           .
           By
           this
           ridiculous
           falsity
           ,
           may
           the
           Credit
           of
           the
           rest
           of
           that
           History
           be
           conjectured
           .
        
         
           Many
           errours
           could
           I
           point
           out
           in
           
           that
           which
           is
           his
           
             Natural
             History
             of
             the
          
           Indies
           ;
           as
           for
           instance
           ,
           his
           Story
           of
           seeing
           the
           Caymanes
           or
           Cocodrills
           suffer
           their
           young
           ones
           to
           play
           and
           run
           into
           their
           Bellies
           ;
           for
           which
           Fancy
           he
           must
           have
           been
           ,
           I
           suppose
           ,
           obliged
           to
           Pliny
           or
           Aelian
           ;
           for
           I
           dare
           say
           ,
           no
           Man
           that
           has
           lived
           in
           the
           Indies
           will
           vouch
           for
           him
           .
           But
           these
           being
           besides
           my
           business
           ,
           I
           pass
           by
           :
           and
           have
           only
           this
           more
           to
           say
           ,
           That
           I
           forbear
           to
           print
           any
           more
           ,
           at
           present
           ,
           than
           that
           one
           Expedition
           of
           Sir
           
             Henry
             Morgan
          
           ,
           thinking
           that
           sufficient
           to
           convince
           the
           Falsities
           of
           that
           scandalous
           History
           of
           Buccanieres
           .
        
         
           What
           acts
           of
           Hostility
           have
           been
           committed
           since
           the
           Peace
           made
           in
           the
           year
           1670.
           betwixt
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           the
           Privatiers
           of
           several
           Nations
           ;
           have
           been
           many
           and
           
           considerable
           ,
           amongst
           which
           we
           have
           had
           no
           small
           loss
           fallen
           on
           our
           Merchant
           men
           ,
           trading
           there
           in
           the
           West-indies
           ,
           causing
           a
           great
           obstruction
           to
           our
           Trade
           .
           The
           number
           of
           our
           Ships
           taken
           since
           then
           ,
           as
           I
           am
           informed
           ,
           is
           no
           less
           than
           one
           Hundred
           and
           Twenty
           ,
           a
           List
           of
           at
           least
           one
           half
           of
           which
           ,
           I
           am
           able
           to
           have
           here
           inserted
           ;
           which
           thing
           I
           fear
           increases
           the
           number
           of
           Privatiers
           ,
           in
           those
           Seas
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           ADVENTURES
           OF
           Capt.
           Barth
           .
           Sharp
           ,
           And
           Others
           ,
           in
           the
           South
           Sea.
           
        
         
           THAT
           which
           often
           Spurs
           men
           on
           to
           the
           undertaking
           of
           the
           most
           difficult
           Adventures
           ,
           
           is
           the
           sacred
           hunger
           of
           Gold
           ;
           and
           't
           was
           Gold
           was
           the
           bait
           that
           tempted
           a
           Pack
           of
           merry
           Boys
           of
           us
           ,
           near
           Three
           Hundred
           
           in
           Number
           ,
           being
           all
           Souldiers
           of
           Fortune
           ,
           under
           Command
           (
           by
           our
           own
           Ele●tion
           )
           of
           Captain
           
             I●hn
             Coxon
          
           ,
           to
           list
           our selves
           in
           the
           Service
           of
           one
           of
           the
           Rich
           West
           Indian
           Monarchs
           ,
           the
           Emperour
           of
           
             Darien
             or
             Durian
          
           .
           Which
           Country
           has
           its
           Name
           from
           a
           River
           so
           called
           ,
           running
           into
           the
           South
           Sea
           ,
           almost
           a
           cross
           the
           I●●●mus
           ,
           which
           is
           between
           the
           two
           formerly
           Great
           Empires
           of
           Mexico
           and
           Peru
           ,
           and
           joyns
           the
           Northern
           and
           Southern
           America
           .
        
         
           These
           Emperours
           of
           Darien
           heretofore
           commanded
           a
           large
           Tract
           of
           Land
           ,
           lying
           about
           the
           Bay
           of
           Darien
           ,
           but
           are
           now
           reduced
           to
           much
           narrower
           limits
           by
           their
           Enemies
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           with
           whom
           they
           have
           continual
           Wars
           .
           The
           Seat
           of
           this
           Empire
           is
           now
           in
           a
           Place
           called
           by
           us
           the
           
             Golden
             Island
          
           in
           the
           said
           Bay
           of
           Darien
           ,
           not
           very
           far
           distant
           from
           
             Porto
             Belo
          
           ,
           where
           the
           Spaniards
           ship
           their
           Treasure
           on
           board
           their
           Gallions
           for
           Spain
           .
        
         
           After
           a
           kind
           invitation
           from
           the
           Indians
           ,
           and
           Treaty
           with
           the
           Emperour
           in
           Person
           ,
           he
           gladly
           listned
           to
           our
           Propositions
           and
           accepted
           us
           into
           his
           Service
           ,
           resolving
           with
           us
           to
           attempt
           the
           recovery
           
           of
           some
           of
           those
           Places
           ,
           the
           Spaniards
           had
           taken
           ,
           and
           kept
           from
           him
           ;
           particularly
           
             Santa
             Maria
          
           ,
           once
           the
           Bishop's
           See
           of
           that
           Diocese
           ,
           which
           was
           since
           removed
           to
           Panam●
           .
           It
           is
           now
           but
           a
           small
           Town
           with
           a
           little
           Fort
           ,
           which
           serves
           for
           a
           Guard
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           while
           they
           gather
           their
           Gold-dust
           ,
           brought
           down
           on
           the
           Sands
           of
           a
           River
           running
           into
           the
           Darien
           .
           The
           thoughts
           of
           a
           rich
           Booty
           encouraged
           us
           to
           this
           Design
           ,
           but
           we
           were
           all
           firmly
           resolved
           ,
           that
           in
           case
           we
           missed
           of
           good
           success
           in
           this
           ,
           to
           undertake
           a
           more
           hazardous
           Enterprize
           ;
           which
           was
           to
           go
           down
           the
           River
           Darien
           ,
           and
           in
           our
           Canoes
           attempt
           the
           surprise
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Panama
           ,
           and
           Ships
           lying
           there
           ;
           this
           being
           the
           Port
           where
           the
           Spaniards
           unlade
           their
           Vessels
           ,
           which
           bring
           their
           Treasure
           from
           
             Ciud●d
             de
             los
             Reyes
          
           ,
           or
           Lima
           ,
           as
           we
           still
           call
           it
           ,
           and
           from
           all
           other
           parts
           there
           on
           the
           South
           Sea
           ;
           as
           they
           likewise
           from
           thence
           export
           all
           their
           Merchandise
           coming
           from
           Europe
           ,
           which
           is
           landed
           at
           
             Porto
             Belo
          
           ,
           and
           brought
           over
           land
           thither
           to
           Panama
           .
        
         
           Though
           the
           Undertaking
           seemed
           very
           imprudent
           ,
           we
           having
           no
           shipping
           
           of
           our
           own
           there
           ,
           and
           there
           being
           no
           other
           way
           home
           for
           us
           (
           as
           we
           then
           had
           ever
           heard
           of
           )
           but
           round
           about
           through
           the
           Streights
           of
           Magellan
           ,
           or
           
             Le
             Maire
          
           ,
           when
           we
           should
           have
           made
           our selves
           Masters
           of
           some
           of
           their
           Vessels
           ,
           yet
           the
           incouragement
           we
           had
           ,
           in
           the
           expectation
           of
           ●raighting
           home
           our
           Coffers
           with
           Spanish
           Gold
           ,
           and
           Pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           overcame
           all
           difficulties
           ;
           together
           with
           the
           hopes
           the
           Indians
           gave
           us
           of
           our
           getting
           to
           Panama
           e're
           the
           Spaniards
           could
           have
           intelligence
           of
           our
           coming
           ,
           and
           the
           satisfaction
           we
           had
           of
           the
           promise
           of
           having
           along
           with
           us
           ,
           the
           Company
           of
           our
           Emperour
           ,
           under
           whose
           Commission
           we
           fought
           .
           These
           I
           say
           were
           the
           allurements
           that
           induced
           us
           to
           list
           our selves
           into
           this
           Service
           .
        
         
           
             5.
             
             Mund.
          
           All
           things
           being
           thus
           concluded
           on
           ,
           upon
           Munday
           the
           fifth
           day
           of
           April
           we
           landed
           about
           Seven
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           began
           our
           march
           with
           our
           Emperour
           in
           the
           head
           of
           us
           till
           two
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           and
           took
           up
           our
           Quarters
           for
           that
           night
           in
           some
           Indian
           Houses
           .
        
         
           
             6.
             
             Tuesd.
          
           At
           the
           first
           appearance
           of
           day
           we
           began
           our
           march
           ;
           our
           last
           
           nights
           Lodging
           ,
           (
           Chambers
           and
           Silk
           Beds
           being
           as
           much
           out
           of
           Fashion
           here
           ,
           as
           they
           were
           in
           Adam's
           time
           )
           was
           nothing
           better
           than
           the
           cold
           Earth
           covered
           by
           the
           Starry
           Canopy
           ,
           which
           gave
           us
           but
           small
           encouragement
           to
           stay
           longer
           ,
           and
           travelled
           up
           a
           steep
           Mountain
           till
           about
           three
           ,
           at
           which
           hour
           we
           came
           to
           a
           fresh
           Spring
           of
           Water
           where
           we
           satdown
           and
           rested
           our selves
           ,
           then
           marching
           about
           six
           miles
           further
           we
           took
           up
           our
           Lodgings
           by
           a
           River-side
           .
        
         
           
             7.
             
             Wedn.
          
           Early
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           continued
           our
           march
           to
           King
           Goldencaps
           Court
           ;
           going
           till
           four
           we
           met
           two
           Indians
           loaden
           with
           Fruit
           which
           the
           King
           had
           sent
           us
           as
           a
           present
           ,
           which
           we
           thankfully
           accepted
           ,
           and
           marching
           an
           hour
           longer
           we
           came
           to
           the
           King's
           Pallace
           ,
           where
           he
           with
           his
           Nobility
           and
           Men
           of
           the
           best
           Quality
           gave
           us
           a
           kind
           Reception
           and
           Entertainment
           .
           These
           Inhabitants
           are
           very
           handsome
           people
           though
           Tawny
           ,
           but
           clean
           limbed
           and
           well
           featured
           ,
           and
           are
           very
           obliging
           and
           affable
           ,
           as
           those
           of
           our
           Men
           who
           afterwards
           marcht
           back
           again
           ,
           over
           Land
           ,
           experienced
           .
        
         
           
             8.
             
             Thursd.
          
           This
           day
           finding
           such
           good
           Entertainment
           we
           staid
           at
           the
           Court
           ,
           
           being
           Favourites
           not
           inconsiderable
           ,
           and
           so
           well
           Armed
           and
           Resolute
           ,
           as
           our
           party
           was
           .
        
         
           
             9.
             
             Frid.
          
           In
           the
           morning
           we
           took
           our
           leave
           ,
           and
           our
           path
           being
           bad
           ,
           were
           forced
           to
           wade
           a
           River
           fifty
           or
           sixty
           times
           ,
           which
           almost
           foundered
           us
           ,
           at
           last
           we
           came
           to
           three
           large
           Indian
           Houses
           where
           we
           had
           free
           quarter
           ,
           and
           found
           all
           things
           convenient
           for
           refreshment
           (
           by
           the
           Emperors
           and
           Kings
           command
           )
           ready
           provided
           ,
           as
           
             Plantins
             ,
             Bonanoes
          
           and
           
             Moria
             Flesh
          
           ,
           but
           the
           same
           Lodging
           that
           Nature
           affords
           Animals
           ,
           less
           mischievous
           than
           our selves
           ,
           the
           Earth
           .
        
         
           
             10.
             
             Saturd
          
           .
           We
           continued
           our
           march
           ,
           and
           at
           night
           took
           our
           Lodging
           ,
           (
           where
           the
           Poets
           fancy
           so
           many
           delicacies
           and
           advantages
           of
           sensual
           enjoyment
           ,
           but
           for
           my
           part
           I
           would
           not
           envy
           their
           pastime
           had
           I
           had
           the
           Poets
           Bed
           in
           Exchange
           ,
           for
           the
           Green
           Bank
           of
           a
           River
           on
           which
           we
           lay
           ,
           whether
           perfumed
           with
           Roses
           or
           Jessamines
           ;
           our
           tired
           limbs
           had
           not
           leisure
           to
           search
           ,
           or
           our
           sences
           any
           vacancy
           for
           meer
           weariness
           from
           sleeping
           to
           perceive
           .
           )
        
         
           
             11.
             
             Sund.
          
           Early
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           our
           Indian
           consorts
           having
           a
           few
           small
           Canoes
           ,
           
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           embarked
           and
           going
           down
           the
           River
           met
           with
           several
           inconveniences
           ,
           both
           Natural
           and
           Artificial
           :
           As
           first
           great
           falls
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           Spaniards
           throwing
           great
           T●ees
           cross
           the
           Rivers
           ,
           by
           which
           we
           lost
           several
           of
           our
           Canoes
           ,
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Men
           marching
           by
           Land
           to
           the
           place
           where
           the
           Emperour
           had
           ordered
           our
           Rendezvouz
           .
        
         
           
             12.
             
             Mund.
          
           This
           day
           the
           remainder
           of
           our
           Men
           embarked
           at
           a
           place
           where
           the
           Emperour
           had
           provided
           more
           Canoes
           ,
           and
           had
           a
           pleasant
           Voyage
           .
           About
           four
           in
           the
           afternoon
           we
           arrived
           at
           the
           appointed
           place
           ,
           but
           not
           finding
           our
           fellow
           Souldiers
           there
           ,
           who
           embarked
           the
           day
           before
           us
           ,
           as
           we
           expected
           ,
           it
           created
           in
           us
           a
           jealousie
           that
           the
           Indians
           had
           thus
           divided
           us
           ,
           the
           better
           to
           execute
           some
           treachery
           ,
           by
           the
           assistance
           of
           the
           Spaniard
           ,
           the
           Emperor
           perceiving
           by
           our
           Caballing
           and
           Whispering
           among
           our selves
           ,
           that
           we
           had
           some
           cause
           of
           dissatisfaction
           ,
           Commanded
           a
           Canoe
           to
           row
           up
           another
           arm
           of
           the
           River
           in
           search
           of
           our
           Men
           ,
           and
           meeting
           two
           Canoes
           with
           some
           of
           them
           ,
           they
           returned
           with
           all
           expedition
           to
           us
           ,
           and
           informed
           us
           of
           their
           safety
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           
           had
           been
           honourably
           treated
           by
           the
           Indians
           ,
           and
           would
           be
           with
           us
           the
           next
           morning
           ;
           so
           here
           we
           staid
           for
           them
           this
           night
           .
        
         
           
             13.
             
             Tuesd.
          
           This
           day
           all
           our
           party
           met
           ,
           which
           not
           a
           little
           confirmed
           us
           in
           the
           good
           opinion
           we
           had
           of
           the
           Indians
           fidelity
           ;
           we
           staid
           here
           all
           day
           to
           rest
           our selves
           ,
           and
           fit
           our
           Arms
           and
           Necessaries
           for
           our
           next
           days
           proceedings
           ,
           the
           Emperor
           acquainting
           us
           we
           were
           near
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           we
           were
           glad
           to
           hear
           ;
           our
           tedious
           march
           put
           us
           quite
           out
           of
           fancy
           of
           walking
           to
           take
           the
           Air
           any
           more
           ,
           now
           we
           were
           fallen
           so
           low
           down
           the
           River
           ;
           the
           Emperour
           and
           the
           King
           had
           provided
           Canoes
           ,
           &c.
           enough
           for
           us
           all
           .
        
         
           
             14.
             
             Wedn.
          
           We
           rose
           with
           the
           day
           ,
           and
           all
           embarked
           ,
           also
           the
           Emperour
           and
           King
           with
           us
           ;
           the
           Emperour
           was
           Cloathed
           with
           a
           loose
           Robe
           or
           Mantle
           of
           pure
           Gold
           ,
           which
           was
           extraordinary
           Splendid
           and
           Rich.
           The
           King
           was
           in
           a
           White
           Cotton
           Coat
           fringed
           round
           the
           bottom
           ,
           about
           his
           Neck
           a
           Belt
           of
           Tygers
           Teeth
           ,
           and
           a
           Hat
           of
           pure
           Gold
           ,
           with
           a
           Ring
           and
           a
           Plate
           like
           a
           Cockle
           Shell
           hanging
           at
           it
           of
           Gold
           in
           his
           Nose
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           
           Fashion
           in
           this
           Country
           for
           the
           people
           of
           Quality
           ,
           and
           which
           for
           what
           I
           could
           perceive
           was
           the
           only
           distinction
           .
           We
           rested
           not
           this
           day
           or
           night
           ,
           and
           at
           two
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           landed
           within
           two
           miles
           of
           
             Santa
             Maria
          
           ,
           and
           shrowded
           our selves
           in
           the
           Woods
           till
           day
           light
           .
        
         
           
             15.
             
             Thursd.
          
           About
           six
           this
           morning
           we
           attacqued
           the
           place
           and
           carried
           it
           with
           little
           difficulty
           ,
           it
           being
           a
           Stockadoe
           Fort
           ,
           and
           a
           small
           Town
           o●
           Thatched
           Houses
           .
           This
           Fort
           of
           
             Santa
             Maria
          
           was
           kept
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           for
           the
           conveniency
           of
           gathering
           Dust-Gold
           ,
           which
           the
           River
           affords
           plenty
           of
           ,
           and
           the
           poor
           Natives
           are
           the
           Drudges
           to
           gather
           it
           for
           them
           .
           We
           designed
           to
           make
           no
           further
           progress
           ,
           being
           told
           there
           was
           a
           sufficient
           quantity
           of
           Gold-dust
           at
           this
           place
           to
           enrich
           us
           all
           ,
           but
           the
           wary
           Spaniards
           had
           carried
           it
           away
           two
           days
           before
           ,
           as
           thinking
           a
           conveyance
           of
           their
           own
           contriving
           safer
           than
           ours
           ,
           though
           not
           so
           well
           guarded
           as
           it
           would
           have
           been
           by
           us
           .
        
         
           
             17.
             
             Saturd
          
           .
           Disappointment
           is
           an
           incentive
           to
           Revenge
           ,
           and
           good
           Resolution
           the
           commander
           of
           Success
           ;
           these
           being
           now
           our
           cheifest
           directors
           ,
           we
           fitted
           our
           
           Canoes
           ,
           and
           got
           what
           Provisions
           we
           could
           ,
           being
           loth
           to
           return
           empty
           handed
           ,
           and
           at
           the
           tide
           of
           Ebb
           designed
           to
           fall
           down
           ,
           to
           see
           what
           fate
           would
           afford
           in
           the
           Southern
           Ocean
           .
           At
           this
           place
           it
           flows
           near
           two
           fathom
           perpendicular
           .
           The
           River
           is
           else
           very
           showly
           and
           full
           of
           Banks
           ,
           which
           are
           dry
           at
           low
           Water
           .
           About
           twelve
           in
           the
           night
           we
           came
           to
           a
           Watering
           place
           ,
           where
           we
           got
           drink
           ,
           the
           River
           being
           Salt
           ,
           here
           we
           staid
           till
           morning
           filling
           Water
           ,
           it
           being
           very
           dark
           ,
           and
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           River
           wide
           ,
           one
           branch
           of
           it
           coming
           from
           the
           Golden
           Mines
           ;
           but
           having
           no
           Chymist
           to
           refine
           the
           Ore
           ,
           we
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           go
           look
           for
           it
           where
           it
           was
           to
           be
           had
           with
           the
           King
           of
           Spains
           Arms
           on
           it
           ,
           for
           we
           like
           other
           Children
           loved
           Pictures
           strangely
           .
        
         
           
             18.
             
             Sund.
          
           This
           morning
           we
           proceeded
           on
           our
           intended
           Voyage
           ,
           and
           about
           eleven
           in
           the
           forenoon
           we
           saw
           the
           South
           Sea
           ;
           then
           coming
           to
           a
           small
           Isle
           near
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           River
           Darien
           we
           rested
           our selves
           ;
           from
           this
           we
           went
           to
           another
           about
           two
           Leagues
           distant
           ,
           and
           took
           our
           Lodging
           there
           .
        
         
           
             19.
             
             Mund.
          
           At
           day
           light
           we
           put
           from
           
           this
           Isle
           ,
           and
           rowing
           not
           above
           half
           an
           hour
           ,
           the
           Wind
           blew
           very
           hard
           and
           against
           the
           tide
           of
           Ebb
           ,
           which
           made
           a
           great
           Sea
           ,
           and
           had
           like
           to
           have
           put
           a
           period
           to
           all
           our
           atcheivements
           :
           One
           of
           our
           Canoes
           being
           overset
           with
           seven
           Men
           in
           her
           ;
           but
           it
           pleased
           God
           ,
           that
           with
           extream
           danger
           even
           to
           those
           that
           rescued
           them
           ,
           they
           were
           all
           saved
           .
           It
           being
           a
           certain
           truth
           that
           those
           who
           are
           born
           to
           be
           hang'd
           shall
           never
           be
           drown'd
           ,
           it
           proving
           so
           with
           us
           ,
           one
           of
           our
           Company
           being
           hang'd
           at
           Iamaica
           on
           
             Port
             Royal
          
           ;
           And
           we
           were
           very
           near
           it
           here
           in
           London
           ;
           After
           this
           having
           a
           violent
           storm
           of
           rain
           we
           were
           forced
           on
           shoar
           upon
           a
           long
           sandy
           bank
           ,
           where
           we
           built
           a
           House
           and
           were
           content
           to
           Lodg
           in
           it
           this
           night
           .
        
         
           
             20.
             
             Tuesd.
          
           This
           morning
           it
           being
           fair
           weather
           again
           ,
           we
           put
           to
           Sea
           with
           our
           Fleet
           of
           Canoes
           .
           Towards
           noon
           it
           began
           to
           blow
           hard
           ,
           yet
           nothing
           is
           difficult
           to
           a
           willing
           mind
           ,
           so
           we
           proceeded
           ;
           About
           two
           in
           the
           after
           noon
           we
           put
           ashoar
           at
           an
           Isle
           to
           look
           some
           Water
           to
           drink
           ,
           and
           finding
           some
           in
           the
           stinking
           holes
           of
           the
           Rocks
           we
           drank
           it
           as
           heartily
           as
           Canary
           .
           This
           Island
           is
           high
           ,
           round
           ,
           
           and
           Rocky
           ,
           and
           here
           is
           plenty
           of
           Sea-Fowl
           ;
           we
           staid
           not
           long
           here
           ,
           but
           about
           four
           of
           the
           Clock
           we
           came
           to
           
             Planting
             Isle
          
           ,
           where
           finding
           a
           Bark
           ,
           and
           we
           standing
           in
           need
           of
           Shipping
           ,
           put
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           on
           board
           here
           ;
           At
           this
           place
           we
           took
           Quarters
           for
           this
           night
           ;
           There
           was
           on
           board
           the
           Bark
           130.
           
           Men
           ,
           so
           this
           was
           now
           our
           Admiral
           ,
           the
           rest
           being
           Canoes
           that
           carried
           from
           six
           to
           fifteen
           Men.
           
        
         
           
             21.
             
             Wedn.
          
           In
           the
           morning
           we
           departed
           from
           this
           Isle
           ,
           with
           the
           Bark
           and
           Canoes
           ,
           being
           bound
           for
           the
           Island
           of
           Chipila
           for
           Provisions
           ,
           we
           in
           our
           way
           met
           with
           one
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           Armadillo
           Barks
           ,
           or
           little
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           who
           fell
           foul
           of
           us
           ,
           Killing
           one
           Man
           and
           Wounding
           five
           more
           ,
           so
           left
           us
           .
           Having
           no
           Provisions
           ,
           and
           perceiving
           we
           should
           be
           continually
           Skirmishing
           ,
           we
           went
           on
           shoar
           at
           this
           Island
           ,
           and
           lay
           there
           that
           night
        
         
           
             22.
             
             Thursd.
          
           Finding
           but
           small
           supply
           for
           our
           wants
           on
           this
           Isle
           ,
           we
           were
           resolved
           to
           seek
           further
           ,
           so
           we
           stood
           to
           the
           Westward
           ,
           rowing
           along
           the
           shoar
           all
           that
           day
           and
           the
           night
           following
           ,
           in
           hopes
           to
           reach
           another
           Island
           where
           we
           
           were
           informed
           we
           might
           accommodate
           our selves
           with
           neeessaries
           .
        
         
           
             23.
             
             Frid.
          
           We
           parted
           with
           our
           Bark
           and
           130.
           
           Men
           in
           her
           ,
           whom
           we
           had
           sent
           to
           look
           some
           Water
           for
           us
           ,
           where
           they
           could
           find
           it
           ,
           early
           in
           the
           morning
           ;
           And
           soon
           after
           we
           met
           with
           three
           Armadillo
           Barks
           with
           280
           Men
           on
           board
           them
           ,
           which
           engaged
           our
           Fleet
           of
           Canoes
           ,
           having
           in
           all
           scarce
           above
           200
           found
           Men
           in
           them
           .
           These
           three
           Barks
           were
           fitted
           out
           of
           Panama
           ,
           who
           by
           this
           had
           notice
           from
           
             Santa
             Maria
          
           of
           our
           approach
           ,
           on
           purpose
           to
           cut
           us
           off
           ,
           thus
           unprovided
           of
           Shipping
           ,
           or
           convenience
           of
           defence
           ,
           being
           in
           Canoes
           that
           carried
           some
           six
           ,
           some
           eight
           and
           ten
           ,
           to
           fifteen
           Men
           ,
           which
           leaning
           on
           one
           side
           might
           overset
           the
           biggest
           ;
           however
           nothing
           daunted
           at
           the
           disadvantage
           of
           Fight
           ,
           we
           made
           a
           resolution
           rather
           than
           drown
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           or
           beg
           Quarter
           of
           the
           Spaniard
           ,
           whom
           we
           used
           to
           Conquer
           ,
           to
           run
           the
           extreamest
           hazard
           of
           Fire
           and
           Sword
           ,
           and
           after
           a
           sharp
           Contest
           ,
           still
           birding
           with
           our
           Fusees
           as
           many
           as
           durst
           peep
           over
           Deck
           ,
           we
           boarded
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           carried
           her
           ;
           so
           with
           her
           we
           took
           the
           second
           ;
           and
           the
           third
           had
           certainly
           run
           the
           same
           
           fate
           ,
           had
           not
           she
           scoured
           away
           in
           time
           ,
           (
           though
           to
           speak
           without
           diminution
           of
           the
           Commanders
           courage
           )
           he
           staid
           as
           long
           as
           he
           could
           ,
           and
           we
           plyed
           him
           very
           warmly
           ,
           so
           that
           though
           we
           know
           not
           certainly
           how
           many
           Men
           they
           lost
           on
           board
           ,
           yet
           are
           confident
           but
           few
           found
           Men
           returned
           to
           their
           City
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           engagement
           we
           had
           eleven
           Men
           Killed
           right
           out
           ,
           and
           thirty
           four
           more
           Wounded
           dangerously
           .
        
         
           These
           Vessels
           being
           purposely
           fitted
           out
           for
           this
           design
           ,
           afforded
           but
           small
           conveniency
           for
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           ;
           so
           we
           went
           in
           chase
           of
           a
           larger
           Ship
           which
           we
           soon
           after
           took
           ,
           put
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           on
           board
           her
           ,
           and
           lay
           before
           the
           City
           of
           Panama
           ,
           as
           well
           to
           refresh
           our
           tired
           Men
           ,
           as
           to
           show
           them
           ,
           they
           were
           not
           like
           to
           be
           rid
           of
           us
           so
           .
        
         
           
             25.
             
             Sund.
             Captain
             Iohn
             Coxon
             ,
          
           with
           fifty
           Men
           perswaded
           the
           Indians
           to
           return
           back
           ,
           being
           a
           little
           in
           disgrace
           amongst
           our
           Men
           ,
           as
           something
           tainted
           with
           cowardize
           in
           the
           late
           action
           ,
           which
           made
           him
           leave
           us
           ,
           and
           take
           with
           him
           his
           Chyrurgeon
           ,
           and
           most
           of
           our
           best
           Medicines
           ,
           not
           having
           any
           consideration
           or
           respect
           for
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           which
           
           we
           had
           on
           board
           ,
           being
           forty
           in
           number
           ,
           as
           a
           Man
           of
           moral
           honesty
           ought
           to
           have
           had
           :
           Thus
           making
           our
           retreat
           the
           more
           unsafe
           by
           taking
           away
           fifty
           sound
           Men
           ,
           and
           then
           leaving
           us
           destitute
           of
           remedies
           for
           the
           recovery
           of
           our
           Wounded
           and
           Sick
           ;
           but
           this
           last
           thing
           was
           unknown
           to
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Company
           .
        
         
           
             26.
             
             Mund.
          
           Captain
           Coxon
           being
           gone
           ,
           Captain
           Sawkins
           and
           Captain
           Sharp
           having
           full
           Commission
           from
           our
           said
           Emperour
           of
           Darien
           ,
           agreed
           to
           stay
           in
           those
           Seas
           till
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           were
           cured
           ;
           After
           this
           we
           had
           lay
           some
           time
           before
           Panama
           ,
           and
           took
           some
           of
           their
           Ships
           ,
           one
           of
           which
           slipt
           by
           us
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           but
           we
           followed
           her
           with
           an
           Oyster
           Bark
           into
           the
           Harbour
           ;
           and
           so
           near
           the
           shoar
           that
           we
           could
           hear
           the
           Spaniards
           talk
           ,
           and
           fetched
           her
           out
           again
           .
           She
           came
           with
           money
           to
           pay
           off
           the
           Souldiers
           ,
           but
           we
           eased
           them
           of
           it
           ;
           it
           being
           60000
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           which
           we
           divided
           amongst
           us
           the
           next
           day
           ,
           coming
           to
           247
           pieces
           of
           
             Eight
             per
          
           Man
           ;
           Then
           we
           went
           to
           a
           small
           Island
           which
           they
           call
           Taboga
           for
           Wood
           ,
           Water
           ,
           and
           other
           Necessaries
           ,
           and
           staid
           there
           till
           May
           the
           13th
           .
        
         
         
           May
           13.
           
           
           After
           we
           had
           thus
           for
           so
           many
           days
           blocked
           up
           the
           Harbour
           of
           Panama
           ,
           and
           having
           maturely
           debated
           the
           Condition
           we
           were
           in
           ,
           beginning
           to
           want
           Provisions
           ,
           we
           designed
           to
           take
           some
           Town
           on
           the
           Main
           that
           might
           supply
           our
           Necessities
           ;
           so
           we
           weighed
           and
           stood
           along
           shoar
           till
           the
           23.
           of
           May
           ,
           at
           which
           time
           we
           arrived
           at
           the
           Isles
           of
           Quiblo
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           We
           landed
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           here
           to
           look
           for
           Provisions
           ,
           where
           Captain
           Sawkins
           being
           too
           rash
           ,
           and
           landing
           before
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Men
           ,
           who
           were
           in
           other
           Canoes
           with
           Captain
           Sharp
           ,
           and
           running
           up
           to
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           having
           timely
           notice
           of
           our
           coming
           ,
           had
           made
           several
           Brest-works
           for
           our
           reception
           ,
           entertained
           him
           very
           hotly
           ,
           yet
           he
           being
           a
           man
           that
           nothing
           upon
           Earth
           could
           terrifie
           ,
           ran
           eagerly
           up
           to
           the
           end
           of
           their
           works
           ,
           and
           though
           at
           that
           time
           not
           one
           fourth
           part
           of
           our
           men
           were
           landed
           ,
           fell
           in
           amongst
           a
           thousand
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           they
           that
           retreated
           informed
           us
           ,
           and
           was
           there
           unfortunately
           killed
           with
           two
           men
           more
           ,
           and
           five
           wounded
           ;
           the
           remainder
           drew
           off
           ,
           still
           skirmishing
           till
           they
           came
           to
           their
           Boats
           ,
           by
           which
           
           time
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           Men
           were
           landed
           .
        
         
           Thus
           Rashness
           and
           Want
           of
           conduct
           overthrew
           our
           design
           ,
           yet
           we
           took
           a
           Bark
           at
           the
           Rivers
           mouth
           loaden
           with
           Montego
           and
           Indian
           Corn.
           
        
         
           As
           affairs
           were
           now
           with
           us
           ,
           we
           took
           this
           for
           good
           Provisions
           ,
           and
           so
           returned
           to
           our
           Ships
           ;
           When
           we
           came
           on
           board
           there
           hapned
           a
           great
           distraction
           amongst
           our
           Men
           ,
           which
           was
           occationed
           by
           the
           death
           of
           Captain
           Sawkins
           .
           In
           this
           mutiny
           seventy
           five
           more
           of
           our
           Men
           left
           us
           ,
           and
           returned
           over
           Land
           as
           they
           came
           ,
           delivering
           up
           their
           Commissions
           to
           our
           Emperour
           .
           Captain
           Cooke
           who
           was
           Commander
           of
           a
           Ship
           ,
           not
           finding
           things
           answering
           to
           his
           desire
           and
           expectation
           ,
           laid
           down
           his
           Commission
           and
           went
           on
           board
           Captain
           Sharp
        
         
           At
           this
           juncture
           ,
           things
           lookt
           with
           a
           very
           bad
           aspect
           :
           But
           Captain
           Sharp
           ,
           who
           was
           created
           by
           us
           Captain
           ,
           or
           rather
           General
           ,
           made
           head
           against
           all
           difficulties
           ,
           and
           resolved
           to
           stay
           by
           our
           Poor
           Wounded
           Men
           and
           make
           a
           further
           discovery
           in
           those
           Seas
           .
           For
           performance
           of
           which
           he
           ordered
           Mr.
           
             Iohn
             Cox
          
           to
           fit
           out
           the
           May-flower
           ,
           and
           put
           forty
           
           Men
           on
           board
           her
           ,
           
           which
           he
           did
           ,
           and
           we
           now
           design'd
           to
           find
           a
           place
           where
           we
           might
           carreen
           our
           Ves●els
           ;
           thus
           we
           spent
           our
           time
           till
           the
           sixth
           of
           Iune
           following
           .
        
         
           Iune
           the
           sixth
           ,
           We
           set
           fail
           from
           Quiblo
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           bound
           for
           the
           Gallipagoes
           ,
           which
           are
           seven
           Islands
           that
           lie
           under
           the
           Aequinoctial
           ,
           and
           about
           100
           leagues
           from
           the
           main
           .
        
         
           
             8.
             
             Tuesd.
          
           This
           day
           at
           twelve
           the
           Eastermost
           lsle
           of
           Quiblo
           bore
           N.
           6
           leagues
           dist
           .
           lat
           .
           7
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           wind
           South
           West
           ,
           much
           rain
           .
        
         
           The
           winds
           hung
           at
           South
           West
           ,
           and
           South
           West
           and
           by
           South
           so
           long
           ,
           with
           very
           much
           rain
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           go
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           but
           fell
           in
           with
           an
           lsle
           called
           Gorgony
           which
           lies
           in
           3
           deg
           .
           10
           min.
           N.
           where
           we
           found
           pretty
           good
           convenience
           to
           fit
           our
           Ships
           ;
           we
           arrived
           here
           the
           17th
           .
           Inst.
           
        
         
           17th
           .
           Here
           we
           lay
           and
           carreened
           the
           Trinity
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           bring
           her
           Keil
           up
           ,
           because
           she
           had
           sprung
           her
           Main-mast
           ,
           but
           the
           May-flower
           Captain
           Cox
           his
           Vessel
           we
           laid
           ashoar
           ,
           and
           gave
           her
           a
           Coat
           of
           Tallow
           ;
           this
           is
           a
           good
           Isle
           for
           Wood
           ,
           Water
           ,
           Timber
           ,
           Pearl
           ,
           Oysters
           ,
           
           Conies
           ,
           
           Monkies
           ;
           and
           some
           rank
           Turtle
           ,
           with
           which
           we
           feasted
           our selves
           till
           Iuly
           the
           25th
           .
           1680.
           
        
         
           
             25.
             
             Iuly
          
           .
           Being
           Sunday
           ,
           we
           set
           Sail
           from
           Gorgony
           ,
           bound
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           wind
           West
           ,
           and
           West
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           26.
           and
           27
           Plying
           along
           shoar
           ,
           wind
           West
           ,
           and
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           
             28.
             
             Wedn.
          
           This
           day
           and
           night
           we
           had
           the
           wind
           round
           the
           compass
           ,
           with
           very
           much
           rain
           ;
           in
           the
           night
           we
           lost
           sight
           of
           the
           Trinity
           ,
           we
           lower'd
           our
           Top-sails
           and
           halled
           up
           our
           Courses
           ,
           judging
           our selves
           to
           windward
           of
           her
           ,
           and
           staid
           for
           her
           a
           whole
           watch
           ,
           but
           not
           seeing
           her
           we
           made
           Sail
           and
           plied
           to
           windward
           .
        
         
           
             29.
             
             Thursd.
          
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           had
           the
           wind
           in
           the
           day
           at
           West
           ,
           at
           night
           South
           East
           ▪
           that
           we
           laid
           very
           good
           slants
           along
           the
           shoar
           ;
           we
           had
           very
           much
           rain
           ,
           and
           saved
           seven
           Jarrs
           of
           Water
           ,
           and
           in
           carrying
           Sail
           sprung
           our
           Main-top-mast
           .
        
         
           
             30.
             
             Frid.
          
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           lay
           very
           well
           along
           shoar
           ,
           and
           carried
           our
           Main-top-mast
           by
           the
           board
           ,
           we
           got
           out
           our
           Mizon
           and
           made
           a
           Top-mast
           of
           that
           .
        
         
           
             31.
             
             Saturd
          
           .
           We
           had
           fair
           weather
           ,
           the
           wind
           
           wind
           between
           the
           South
           ,
           and
           West
           South
           West
           ,
           
           we
           kept
           close
           under
           the
           Land
           in
           ,
           five
           to
           ten
           fath
           .
           Water
           ,
           the
           Land
           high
           with
           reddish
           Cliffs
           .
        
         
           August
           the
           
             1st
             .
             Sund.
          
           We
           plied
           under
           the
           high
           Land
           ,
           clear
           weather
           ,
           lat
           .
           1
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           N.
           by
           a
           good
           Observation
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Mund.
           We
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           the
           wind
           South
           ,
           and
           South
           South
           East
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           stood
           about
           10
           leag
           .
           from
           the
           shoar
           ,
           and
           in
           standing
           in
           ,
           weathered
           Cape
           Francisco
           eight
           leag
           .
           we
           had
           a
           strong
           Current
           which
           set
           to
           the
           Southward
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           fair
           weather
           ,
           l●t
           .
           00
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           South
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           still
           ply
           to
           windward
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           sometimes
           five
           or
           six
           leag
           .
           off
           ,
           the
           wind
           South
           South
           West
           ,
           Cloudy
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Frid.
           We
           ply
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           wind
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           plied
           still
           to
           windward
           in
           a
           Bay
           called
           Manta
           ,
           where
           is
           seated
           an
           Indian
           Town
           of
           the
           same
           name
           ,
           which
           affords
           plenty
           of
           Indian
           Corn
           and
           Fowls
           .
        
         
         
           8.
           
           Sund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           got
           under
           Cape
           Lawrence
           ;
           it
           is
           pretty
           high
           Land
           :
           And
           a
           little
           way
           up
           in
           the
           Country
           lies
           a
           high
           Hummock
           of
           Land
           like
           a
           Sugar-loaf
           which
           is
           called
           
             Monte
             de
             Christo.
          
           
        
         
           9.
           
           Mund.
           We
           got
           about
           the
           Cape
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           morning
           we
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           on
           the
           North
           East
           side
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Plate
           ,
           alias
           Drakes
           Isle
           ;
           which
           is
           the
           place
           for
           Ships
           to
           Ride
           .
           This
           Island
           affords
           plenty
           of
           Goats
           ,
           of
           Fish
           ,
           and
           of
           Turtle
           ,
           little
           Water
           ,
           and
           no
           Timber
           ,
           but
           small
           shrubby
           Bushes
           .
           It
           is
           a
           smooth
           level
           and
           lies
           five
           leag
           .
           South
           West
           by
           South
           from
           Cape
           Lawrence
           ,
           we
           rid
           in
           10
           fath
           .
           Water
           ,
           clear
           ground
           ,
           and
           the
           Bay
           pretty
           steep
           too
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Wedn.
           I
           sent
           our
           Canoe
           round
           the
           Isle
           ,
           for
           discovery
           ,
           at
           night
           they
           returned
           on
           board
           ,
           bringing
           some
           Fish
           that
           they
           had
           caught
           with
           hooks
           and
           lines
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           T●ursd
           .
           We
           dugg
           a
           hole
           by
           the
           side
           of
           a
           Rock
           ,
           and
           filled
           some
           Water
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Frid.
           This
           day
           Captain
           Sharp
           ,
           to
           our
           great
           joy
           ,
           Arrived
           in
           the
           Trinity
           ,
           but
           we
           had
           Sailed
           away
           the
           night
           before
           ,
           had
           not
           our
           Men
           in
           fetching
           Goats
           from
           the
           windward
           side
           of
           the
           
           Isle
           ,
           sunk
           our
           Canoe
           ,
           for
           we
           all
           judged
           the
           Trinity
           had
           gone
           to
           windward
           upon
           the
           Coast
           of
           Peru.
           
        
         
           14.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Our
           Men
           turned
           nine
           Turtle
           ,
           and
           continued
           filling
           Water
           night
           and
           day
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           its
           scarcity
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Sund.
           Our
           Men
           feasted
           on
           shoar
           with
           Barbakude
           ,
           Goats
           and
           Fish
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           16.
           
           Mund.
           We
           heilded
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           gave
           her
           a
           pair
           of
           Boot-hose-tops
           ,
           and
           took
           in
           two
           or
           three
           Tun
           of
           Ballast
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           day
           we
           set
           Sail
           from
           Drakes
           Isle
           ,
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           South
           West
           ,
           fair
           weather
           ;
           This
           lies
           in
           1
           deg
           .
           25
           min.
           South
           lat
           .
           Here
           it
           is
           reported
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           shared
           his
           mony
           :
           And
           here
           a
           great
           many
           of
           our
           Men
           plaid
           theirs
           away
           ,
           and
           were
           fit
           for
           new
           adventures
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           got
           little
           to
           windwards
           this
           twenty
           four
           hours
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           Leeward
           Current
           ,
           wind
           at
           South
           ,
           and
           South
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           stood
           on
           and
           off
           the
           shoar
           ,
           but
           got
           little
           to
           windward
           ,
           Cloudy
           weather
           ,
           wind
           South
           and
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Frid.
           We
           kept
           plying
           along
           shoar
           ,
           but
           a
           strong
           Leeward
           Current
           ,
           wind
           at
           South
           small
           gales
           .
        
         
         
           21.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           plied
           along
           shoar
           ,
           wind
           South
           ,
           to
           South
           West
           ,
           Cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Sund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           find
           the
           Current
           is
           abated
           ,
           and
           the
           wind
           has
           this
           night
           favoured
           us
           ,
           that
           we
           lay
           well
           along
           shoar
           ,
           the
           wind
           at
           East
           South
           East
           ,
           Cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Mund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           had
           the
           wind
           at
           West
           South
           West
           ,
           good
           weather
           ,
           we
           made
           Point
           St.
           Hellena
           ,
           which
           makes
           like
           an
           Island
           as
           we
           Sail
           along
           shoar
           ,
           but
           when
           you
           come
           within
           a
           league
           or
           two
           ,
           like
           a
           Ship
           on
           the
           Carreen
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           met
           with
           a
           strong
           Currant
           which
           sets
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           at
           twelve
           a
           Clock
           
             Point
             Hellena
          
           bears
           North
           North
           East
           ,
           4.
           leag
           .
           distance
           ,
           our
           Ship
           being
           out
           of
           her
           trim
           ,
           Captain
           Sharp
           took
           us
           in
           a
           Tow.
           
        
         
           25.
           
           Wedn.
           On
           Tuesday
           night
           about
           nine
           a
           Clock
           ,
           we
           stood
           to
           the
           Westward
           and
           saw
           a
           Sail
           ;
           the
           Trinity
           then
           cast
           us
           off
           ,
           and
           gave
           chase
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           short
           time
           came
           up
           with
           her
           ,
           and
           after
           a
           short
           dispute
           with
           our
           small
           arms
           we
           took
           her
           ,
           she
           was
           a
           small
           Man
           of
           
           War
           ,
           fitted
           out
           of
           Guiaque
           or
           Wyake
           by
           a
           parcel
           of
           merry
           Blades
           ,
           Gentlemen
           ,
           who
           drinking
           in
           a
           Tavern
           ,
           made
           a
           Vow
           to
           come
           to
           Sea
           with
           that
           Vessel
           and
           thirty
           Men
           ,
           and
           take
           us
           ;
           but
           we
           made
           them
           repent
           their
           undertaking
           .
           The
           captains
           name
           was
           
             Don
             Thomas
             d'
             Algondony
          
           ,
           whom
           after
           we
           had
           severely
           School'd
           for
           his
           sawcy
           attempt
           we
           entertained
           on
           board
           our
           Admiral
           .
           In
           this
           conflict
           we
           had
           three
           of
           our
           Men
           Wounded
           ;
           what
           they
           lost
           we
           knew
           not
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           night
           ;
           the
           next
           day
           we
           sunk
           the
           Vessel
           ,
           and
           plied
           to
           the
           Southward
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           This
           day
           Captain
           Sharp
           took
           me
           in
           a
           Tow
           ,
           lat
           .
           2
           deg
           .
           46
           min.
           we
           have
           had
           a
           Current
           which
           has
           carried
           us
           very
           far
           into
           
             Wyake
             Bay
          
           ,
           wind
           at
           South
           West
           to
           North
           West
           ,
           little
           winds
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Frid.
           This
           day
           we
           had
           a
           good
           observation
           ,
           In
           lat
           .
           3
           deg
           .
           15
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           North
           West
           ,
           and
           West
           North
           West
           ,
           the
           Current
           sets
           South
           West
           ;
           this
           morning
           ,
           examining
           some
           Prisoners
           ,
           they
           told
           us
           that
           one
           of
           our
           Barks
           that
           left
           us
           at
           
             Quibloa
             Nova
          
           ,
           came
           to
           the
           Isle
           of
           Gallea
           ,
           where
           the
           Men
           going
           on
           shoar
           ,
           were
           all
           Killed
           but
           one
           ;
           we
           suppose
           it
           was
           the
           Bark
           that
           Mr.
           
             Edward
             Doleman
          
           was
           in
           and
           seven
           Men
           more
           .
        
         
         
           In
           the
           night
           the
           Trinity
           put
           a
           stays
           ,
           and
           they
           not
           halling
           their
           main
           Sail
           in
           time
           the
           Ship
           ,
           backt
           a
           stern
           and
           carried
           our
           Boltspreet
           by
           the
           board
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           morning
           the
           Trinity
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           ,
           in
           9
           or
           10
           fath
           .
           Water
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           so
           we
           laid
           her
           aboard
           with
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           took
           out
           the
           best
           of
           her
           Apparel
           and
           sunk
           her
           ,
           for
           that
           Country
           could
           not
           afford
           us
           a
           Tree
           large
           enough
           to
           make
           us
           a
           new
           Boltspreet
           .
           In
           the
           afternoon
           we
           got
           up
           our
           Anchor
           and
           stood
           to
           the
           Southward
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Sund.
           We
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           not
           standing
           above
           5
           or
           6
           leag
           .
           off
           ,
           expecting
           a
           Land
           wind
           ,
           but
           found
           none
           ;
           This
           is
           high
           Land
           with
           white
           Cliffs
           ,
           and
           green
           shrubs
           growing
           in
           the
           Vallies
           ,
           wind
           at
           South
           West
           ,
           a
           hard
           breaze
           between
           ten
           and
           two
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           a
           strong
           South
           West
           Current
           which
           makes
           a
           great
           Sea.
           
        
         
           30.
           
           Mund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           got
           about
           
             Cape
             Blanco
          
           ,
           the
           wind
           West
           South
           West
           ,
           hard
           gales
           and
           two
           reifs
           in
           our
           Main-top-sail
           .
        
         
           31.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           shoar
           ;
           this
           day
           we
           saw
           a
           pair
           of
           Bark
           loggs
           but
           came
           not
           near
           them
           for
           descrying
           
           our selves
           ,
           
           lat
           .
           4
           deg
           .
           45
           min.
           the
           wind
           South
           West
           ,
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           
             Sept.
             1.
             
             Wedn.
          
           We
           plyed
           to
           windward
           6
           or
           7
           leagues
           off
           shoar
           ,
           wind
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           plied
           under
           the
           shoar
           ,
           and
           this
           morning
           saw
           a
           Sail
           about
           6
           or
           7
           leag
           .
           to
           windward
           of
           us
           ,
           lat
           .
           5
           deg
           .
           34
           min.
           wind
           South
           West
           ,
           to
           West
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Frid.
           We
           still
           kept
           plying
           to
           windward
           in
           chase
           of
           the
           Ship
           ,
           a
           fresh
           gale
           of
           wind
           between
           South
           East
           and
           South
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           came
           up
           with
           her
           and
           took
           her
           ,
           she
           came
           from
           Wyake
           ,
           loaden
           with
           Timber
           ,
           some
           Bail
           Goods
           and
           Cocoa
           ,
           bound
           for
           Lyma
           ,
           which
           they
           now
           call
           
             Ciudad
             de
             los
             Reyes
          
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Sund.
           We
           began
           to
           take
           out
           her
           Goods
           that
           we
           wanted
           .
           Moderate
           gales
           at
           South
           East
           ,
           and
           South
           South
           West
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Mund.
           We
           finisht
           our
           business
           ,
           and
           took
           out
           all
           that
           was
           valuable
           in
           her
           ,
           cut
           her
           Main-mast
           by
           the
           board
           ,
           put
           most
           of
           our
           Prisoners
           on
           board
           her
           ,
           gave
           them
           six
           packs
           of
           Flower
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Provisions
           that
           were
           taken
           in
           the
           Ship
           ,
           and
           turned
           them
           loose
           .
           Now
           we
           judged
           our selves
           45
           leag
           .
           to
           the
           Westward
           
           of
           the
           High
           Land
           of
           Payta
           in
           lat
           .
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           South
           ,
           the
           wind
           be●ween
           South
           East
           and
           South
           West
           ,
           our
           ●eparture
           West
           is
           45
           leag
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Tuesd.
           The
           wind
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           ●ir
           weather
           ,
           lat
           .
           7
           deg
           .
           35
           min.
           departure
           ●leag
           .
           West
           50
           leag
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Wedn.
           The
           wind
           South
           South
           East
           〈◊〉
           South
           .
           Fresh
           gales
           lat
           .
           8
           deg
           .
           5
           min.
           ●eparture
           15
           leag
           .
           West
           .
           This
           day
           we
           bu●ed
           
             Robert
             Mongomery
          
           ,
           who
           died
           of
           his
           ●ounds
           ,
           West
           65
           leag
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           gone
           but
           a
           leag
           .
           ●o
           the
           Westward
           ,
           lat
           .
           8
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           Wind
           South
           to
           South
           South
           East
           fair
           ●eather
           ,
           West
           66
           leag
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Frid.
           12
           Leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           9
           deg
           .
           ●
           min.
           wind
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           West
           78
           ●eag
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           8
           leag
           .
           West
           ●at
           .
           10
           deg
           19
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           South
           East
           to
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           foggy
           weather
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           13
           leag
           .
           West
           ●at
           .
           11
           deg
           .
           49
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           South
           East
           to
           East
           .
           West
           99
           leag
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           19
           leag
           .
           West
           ●at
           .
           13
           deg
           .
           24
           min.
           a
           fresh
           gale
           at
           South
           and
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           the
           Sun
           was
           Eclipsed
           
           this
           afternoon
           ,
           our
           departure
           West
           118
           leag
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           7
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           14
           deg
           .
           9
           min.
           very
           hard
           gales
           that
           put
           us
           by
           our
           Top-sails
           ,
           West
           125
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Wedn.
           13
           Leag
           .
           West
           .
           lat
           .
           15
           deg
           .
           21
           min.
           moderate
           gales
           ,
           West
           138
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Thursd.
           13
           Leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           16
           deg
           .
           33
           min.
           fresh
           gales
           at
           South
           to
           South
           East
           ,
           fair
           weather
           ,
           West
           151
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           5
           min.
           fresh
           gales
           ;
           this
           night
           we
           had
           a
           gust
           of
           wind
           that
           made
           us
           hand
           our
           Top-sails
           for
           the
           space
           of
           two
           hours
           ;
           our
           departure
           west
           is
           155
           leag
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           35
           min.
           small
           rain
           with
           a
           gust
           of
           wind
           at
           East
           ,
           West
           158
           leag
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Sund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           5
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           8
           min.
           small
           winds
           at
           South
           South
           East
           ;
           by
           this
           account
           we
           are
           departed
           from
           the
           Meridian
           of
           Payta
           ,
           163
           leag
           West
           .
           Finding
           Water
           will
           be
           scarce
           with
           us
           ,
           we
           are
           put
           to
           an
           allowance
           ,
           of
           not
           full
           a
           pint
           each
           Man
           for
           four
           and
           twenty
           hours
           ,
           the
           Captain
           having
           but
           the
           same
           
           with
           another
           Man
           ,
           our
           other
           Provision
           was
           only
           Flower
           ,
           of
           which
           we
           had
           five
           ounces
           per
           day
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Mund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           10
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           by
           observation
           19
           deg
           .
           48
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           West
           .
           East
           10
           leag
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           31.
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           the
           wind
           West
           fresh
           gales
           ,
           in
           the
           morning
           it
           came
           to
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           41
           leag
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Wedn.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           22
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           38
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           South
           East
           very
           hard
           gales
           ,
           East
           63
           leag
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           a
           hard
           gale
           at
           East
           and
           East
           South
           East
           .
           East
           .
           65
           leag
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Frid.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           39
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           East
           south
           East
           to
           North
           East
           .
           East
           69
           leag
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           East
           .
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           58
           min.
           windy
           .
           East
           73
           leag
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Sund.
           5
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           wind
           North
           West
           .
           East
           71
           leag
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Mund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           35
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           29
           min.
           fair
           weather
           ,
           wind
           North
           to
           
           West
           a
           strong
           Southern
           current
           .
           
           113
           leag
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Tuesd.
           21
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           35
           min.
           wind
           South
           with
           rain
           .
           East
           134
           leag
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           20
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           18
           min.
           fair
           weather
           ,
           the
           wind
           South
           to
           South
           East
           .
           East
           154
           leag
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Thursd.
           26
           Leag
           .
           East
           in
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           45
           min.
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           and
           East
           South
           East
           fresh
           gales
           .
           East
           180
           leag
           .
        
         
           October
           the
           1st
           .
           We
           have
           run
           17
           leag
           ,
           East
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           .
           East
           197
           leag
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           22
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           39
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           ,
           cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Sund.
           We
           we
           have
           run
           23
           leag
           East
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           37
           min.
           very
           fre●h
           gales
           of
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           ,
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           East
           242
           leag
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           16
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           00
           min.
           this
           night
           we
           handed
           our
           Top-sails
           for
           wind
           .
           East
           258
           leag
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           
           30.
           min.
           hard
           gales
           of
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           ,
           and
           South
           South
           East
           .
           East
           273
           leag
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Wedn.
           7
           Leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           00
           min.
           wind
           East
           South
           East
           ,
           my
           last
           We●ting
           was
           163
           leag
           .
           this
           7
           added
           makes
           W●st
           170
           leag
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           7
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           fresh
           gales
           at
           South
           East
           ,
           cloudy
           weather
           ,
           we
           went
           with
           our
           courses
           ;
           here
           I
           find
           a
           strong
           North
           West
           Current
           for
           which
           we
           allowed
           20
           leag
           .
           West
           which
           makes
           170.
           7.
           20.
           
           West
           197
           leag
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           13
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           25
           min.
           little
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           and
           ●air
           weather
           .
           East
           216
           leag
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           11
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           3
           min.
           Cloudy
           weather
           .
           East
           297
           leag
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Sund.
           4
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           wind
           South
           to
           East
           .
           East
           301
           leag
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Mund.
           21
           Leag
           .
           Eastlat
           .
           19
           deg
           .
           8
           min.
           wind
           South
           East
           .
           East
           322
           leag
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Tuesd.
           11
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           1
           min.
           hazy
           weather
           .
           East
           333
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           13.
           
           Wedn.
           4
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           26
           min.
           wind
           round
           the
           compass
           .
           East
           337
           leag
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Thursd.
           2
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           little
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           .
           East
           339
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Frid.
           16
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           17
           deg
           .
           57
           min.
           wind
           South
           East
           .
           East
           .
           355
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Saturd
           .
           15
           Leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           17
           deg
           .
           19
           min.
           wind
           South
           South
           East
           to
           South
           East
           .
           East
           .
           370
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           11
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           16
           deg
           .
           49
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           East
           to
           East
           South
           East
           .
           This
           morning
           we
           made
           Land
           it
           bore
           North
           East
           6
           leag
           .
           distance
           .
           East
           381
           leag
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Mund.
           By
           this
           account
           Heloe
           lies
           to
           the
           Eastward
           of
           Payta
           .
           Our
           Easting
           381
           leag
           .
           Our
           West
           .
           197
           leag
           .
           The
           remainder
           which
           is
           our
           distance
           is
           184
           leag
           .
           East
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           turned
           up
           along
           shoar
           ,
           the
           wind
           by
           day
           South
           and
           South
           South
           East
           ,
           at
           night
           at
           East
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           still
           continued
           plying
           along
           shoar
           ,
           the
           current
           sets
           here
           North
           West
           very
           strong
           ,
           the
           shoar
           lies
           North
           
           West
           and
           S.
           E.
           lat
           .
           17
           deg
           .
           42
           min.
           and
           little
           wind
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           kept
           plying
           to
           windward
           a
           long
           shoar
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           2
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           S.
           to
           E.
           very
           high
           land
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Frid.
           We
           plyed
           along
           shoar
           in
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           8
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           E.
           to
           S.
           E.
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           had
           no
           benefit
           of
           the
           land
           wind
           ,
           we
           lay
           so
           near
           the
           high
           land
           in
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           10
           min.
           
        
         
           24.
           
           Sund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           land
           ,
           and
           this
           morning
           saw
           the
           South
           shoar
           ,
           lat
           .
           18
           deg
           .
           16
           min.
           
        
         
           25.
           
           Mund.
           This
           day
           at
           twelve
           a
           Clock
           we
           made
           the
           White
           Hill
           that
           is
           by
           Aryca
           ,
           we
           made
           small
           Sail
           to
           spend
           away
           the
           day
           ,
           at
           night
           we
           manned
           our
           Canoes
           and
           Boat
           and
           went
           to
           the
           shoar
           side
           ,
           where
           the
           Sea
           ran
           so
           high
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           land
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Tuesd.
           Being
           thus
           unfortunately
           disappointed
           of
           landing
           our
           Men
           ,
           we
           bore
           up
           the
           Helm
           for
           a
           port
           called
           Heloe
           .
           At
           this
           time
           Water
           was
           worth
           30
           pieces
           of
           
             Eight
             per
          
           Pint
           to
           those
           that
           could
           spare
           their
           allowance
           ,
           and
           he
           that
           bought
           it
           thought
           he
           had
           a
           great
           peny-worth
           ;
           
           from
           Aryca
           to
           Heloe
           ,
           the
           Coast
           lies
           N.
           W.
           and
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           27.
           
           Wedn.
           This
           day
           about
           six
           or
           seven
           of
           the
           Clock
           we
           manned
           our
           Canoes
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           dawning
           of
           the
           day
           landed
           our
           Men.
           There
           is
           but
           seven
           or
           eight
           Indian
           Houses
           by
           the
           Water-side
           ,
           and
           a
           Spa●ish
           Village
           upon
           a
           Hill
           about
           half
           a
           mile
           from
           the
           landing
           place
           ,
           with
           a
           Church
           in
           it
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           morning
           our
           Ship
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           the
           Road
           ,
           in
           14
           fath
           .
           Water
           ,
           where
           we
           lay
           till
           Wednesday
           following
           ,
           when
           we
           had
           examined
           our
           Prisoners
           ,
           they
           told
           us
           that
           two
           miles
           up
           the
           Vally
           ,
           there
           was
           a
           Sugar
           work
           ,
           to
           which
           ,
           when
           we
           had
           set
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           to
           fill
           us
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           we
           marched
           ,
           and
           finding
           the
           People
           all
           gone
           to
           hide
           themselves
           for
           fear
           of
           us
           ;
           we
           loaded
           our selves
           down
           to
           the
           Water-side
           ,
           with
           Sugar
           and
           some
           Wine
           ,
           and
           then
           returned
           to
           the
           work
           to
           keep
           Possession
           ,
           and
           lay
           there
           that
           night
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Frid.
           This
           day
           we
           had
           some
           Gentlemen
           came
           to
           speak
           with
           us
           ,
           bringing
           with
           them
           a
           Flag
           of
           Truce
           ,
           which
           persons
           we
           treated
           very
           Civilly
           ;
           they
           desired
           we
           would
           not
           demolish
           their
           Sugar
           
           work
           ,
           and
           they
           would
           bring
           us
           Eighty
           Beefs
           ,
           to
           the
           Water-side
           and
           some
           Hoggs
           ,
           which
           they
           promised
           should
           be
           ●rought
           us
           in
           48
           hours
           ,
           so
           having
           Feasted
           our selves
           with
           fresh
           Pork
           ,
           Sallads
           ,
           〈…〉
           &c.
           we
           returned
           to
           the
           Water-side
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Here
           we
           took
           up
           our
           Lodging
           ashoar
           ,
           filling
           Water
           and
           pulling
           old
           Houses
           down
           ,
           to
           carry
           on
           board
           for
           fire
           wood
           .
           After
           we
           had
           lain
           the
           time
           out
           that
           the
           Beefs
           should
           have
           been
           brought
           thither
           ,
           came
           a
           Spaniard
           and
           told
           us
           the
           wind
           blew
           so
           hard
           that
           they
           could
           not
           drive
           their
           Cattle
           ;
           but
           that
           all
           expedition
           should
           be
           used
           to
           bring
           them
           to
           us
           ,
           so
           we
           continued
           till
           Tuesday
           the
           second
           of
           November
           .
        
         
           November
           the
           2d
           .
           This
           morning
           we
           expected
           our
           Beefs
           ,
           but
           in
           lieu
           of
           them
           the
           Spaniard
           sent
           us
           300
           Horsemen
           to
           to
           fight
           us
           ,
           so
           we
           drew
           out
           our
           Men
           in
           a
           plain
           ground
           for
           fear
           of
           Ambuscades
           ,
           and
           resolved
           to
           stand
           the
           shock
           ;
           for
           we
           had
           left
           a
           select
           Guard
           to
           receive
           our
           Canoes
           ,
           and
           Boat
           ,
           when
           they
           should
           come
           to
           shoar
           .
           The
           Enemy
           came
           riding
           at
           full
           speed
           toward
           us
           ,
           that
           we
           thought
           their
           Horse
           would
           have
           been
           in
           with
           our
           body
           and
           charged
           us
           home
           ;
           
           but
           when
           they
           came
           within
           reach
           of
           our
           Fuzees
           ,
           
           we
           dismounted
           most
           of
           their
           Front
           with
           a
           Volly
           of
           small
           Shot
           ,
           which
           put
           a
           stop
           to
           their
           carreer
           and
           courages
           ,
           and
           not
           finding
           it
           safe
           to
           come
           nearer
           ,
           fairly
           wheeled
           off
           to
           the
           left
           ,
           and
           took
           shelter
           amongst
           the
           Hills
           .
           This
           confirmed
           us
           that
           we
           should
           get
           no
           other
           Beefs
           ;
           so
           having
           filled
           our
           Water
           ,
           we
           that
           night
           went
           on
           board
           ,
           our
           Ships
           ;
           leaving
           the
           starched
           Spaniards
           room
           to
           stalk
           about
           their
           empty
           Houses
           ,
           for
           at
           this
           time
           we
           had
           no
           other
           so
           good
           firing
           as
           old
           Houshold
           stuff
           made
           us
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Wedn.
           This
           morning
           having
           dispatched
           our
           affairs
           at
           Heloe
           ,
           we
           weighed
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           wind
           South
           West
           ,
           we
           run
           2
           leag
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           had
           little
           wind
           at
           South
           :
           We
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           West
           .
           In
           all
           West
           6
           leag
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Frid.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           5
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           little
           wind
           at
           S.
           S.
           E.
           to
           E.
           S.
           E.
           and
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           W.
           wind
           S.
           and
           S.
           E.
           and
           by
           S.
           
        
         
           7.
           
           Sund.
           This
           twenty
           four
           hours
           we
           
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           little
           wind
           at
           S.
           and
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           8.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           W.
           little
           wind
           at
           S.
           
        
         
           9.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           E.
           little
           wind
           at
           S.
           
        
         
           10.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           E.
           little
           wind
           at
           S.
           
        
         
           11.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           13
           leag
           .
           W.
           wind
           S.
           and
           E.
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           12.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           19
           leag
           .
           W.
           wind
           S.
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           13.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           37
           min.
           we
           have
           now
           run
           in
           all
           64
           leag
           .
           to
           the
           Westward
           of
           Heloe
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           14
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           44
           min.
           fair
           weather
           ,
           West
           78
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           23
           deg
           .
           28
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           S.
           to
           E.
           West
           93
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           5
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           23
           deg
           .
           33
           min.
           wind
           at
           South
           ,
           the
           5.
           leag
           .
           Easting
           deducted
           ,
           our
           departure
           West
           is
           88
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           8
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           23
           deg
           .
           35
           min.
           wind
           S.
           to
           S.
           W.
           ●air
           weather
           .
           VVest
           96
           leag
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           16
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           
           lat
           .
           24
           deg
           .
           15
           min.
           wind
           S.
           E.
           West
           .
           112.
           
        
         
           19.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           13
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           25
           deg
           .
           squally
           weather
           ,
           West
           125
           leag
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           12
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           25
           deg
           .
           57
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           S.
           E.
           to
           S.
           good
           weather
           .
           West
           137
           leag
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           14
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           26
           deg
           .
           57
           min.
           squally
           weather
           with
           drisling
           rain
           ,
           wind
           S.
           E.
           West
           148
           leag
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           8
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           27
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           West
           156
           leag
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           had
           very
           little
           wind
           at
           N.
           W.
           and
           W.
           N.
           W.
           lat
           .
           27
           deg
           .
           41
           min.
           1
           leag
           .
           West
           .
           West
           157
           leag
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           19
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           28
           deg
           .
           39
           min.
           wind
           at
           N.
           W.
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           19
           leag
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           23
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           29
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           wind
           N.
           W.
           a
           very
           great
           N.
           W.
           Sea.
           East
           42
           leag
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           25
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           9
           min.
           wind
           S.
           W.
           East
           67
           leag
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           23
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           16
           min.
           fair
           weather
           the
           wind
           at
           S.
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           East
           90
           leag
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           26
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           
           lat
           .
           
           30
           deg
           .
           8
           min.
           wind
           S.
           East
           116
           leag
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           20
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           17
           min.
           wind
           S.
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           smooth
           water
           ,
           a
           fresh
           of
           winds
           .
           East
           136
           leag
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           16
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           23.
           min.
           East
           152
           leag
           .
        
         
           Decemb.
           the
           1st
           .
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           East
           167
           leag
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           12
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           36
           min.
           very
           hard
           gales
           of
           wind
           at
           South
           all
           night
           under
           our
           Courses
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           done
           observing
           this
           day
           we
           made
           the
           Land
           ,
           it
           was
           high
           and
           barren
           ,
           we
           bore
           up
           and
           steered
           N.
           E.
           by
           N.
           12
           leag
           .
           East
           .
           in
           all
           179
           leag
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Frid.
           About
           two
           of
           the
           Clock
           in
           the
           morning
           we
           Manned
           our
           Canoes
           and
           Boat
           ,
           with
           eighty
           five
           stout
           Fellows
           ,
           and
           away
           we
           went
           for
           the
           Town
           of
           Coquimbo
           ,
           resolving
           not
           to
           return
           without
           plundering
           it
           in
           revenge
           of
           the
           affront
           the
           Heloe
           Men
           put
           upon
           us
           .
           The
           Canoes
           wherein
           were
           thirty
           five
           Men
           out-rowed
           the
           Boat
           ,
           and
           Landed
           before
           day
           ,
           and
           just
           upon
           day
           light
           they
           discerned
           the
           Patroule
           ,
           which
           is
           kept
           on
           
           the
           Bay
           ;
           and
           at
           this
           time
           did
           consist
           of
           about
           150
           Horse
           ,
           who
           deriving
           Courage
           from
           their
           advantage
           in
           numbers
           ,
           hemmed
           us
           in
           a
           ring
           ,
           not
           doubting
           but
           to
           have
           an
           easie
           conquest
           over
           so
           few
           Men
           ,
           and
           rid
           boldly
           up
           to
           us
           ;
           our
           Commander
           considering
           we
           were
           but
           thirty
           five
           ,
           ordered
           that
           but
           six
           Men
           should
           Fire
           at
           once
           on
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           to
           keep
           the
           longer
           from
           a
           close
           Fight
           ;
           being
           provided
           of
           no
           other
           Arms
           then
           a
           Fuzee
           and
           a
           Pistol
           ,
           as
           also
           knowing
           our
           Party
           would
           in
           a
           little
           time
           come
           up
           to
           our
           rescue
           ,
           but
           whether
           they
           did
           or
           no
           ,
           this
           was
           our
           resolution
           ,
           to
           turn
           our
           backs
           on
           the
           water-side
           and
           every
           Man
           maintain
           his
           ground
           ,
           or
           fall
           upon
           the
           spot
           he
           stood
           on
           .
           By
           this
           time
           they
           were
           come
           pretty
           near
           ,
           and
           I
           believe
           scarce
           a
           shot
           flew
           in
           vain
           ,
           and
           so
           quick
           ,
           having
           Cartridges
           alway
           fitted
           for
           our
           small
           Arms
           ,
           that
           scarce
           two
           Vollies
           were
           fired
           before
           those
           that
           had
           discharged
           were
           ready
           loaded
           for
           them
           again
           ,
           that
           he
           was
           happiest
           amongst
           them
           that
           got
           furthest
           behind
           ;
           thus
           we
           battered
           them
           severely
           ,
           which
           they
           ,
           after
           they
           had
           made
           a
           stand
           to
           carry
           off
           their
           dead
           ,
           not
           liking
           ,
           retreated
           in
           disorder
           ,
           doing
           no
           other
           damage
           then
           the
           Wounding
           
           one
           Man.
           We
           followed
           the
           chase
           ,
           though
           but
           leisurely
           ,
           that
           our
           Men
           who
           had
           been
           set
           on
           shoar
           by
           the
           Boat
           ,
           might
           come
           up
           with
           us
           ,
           which
           in
           a
           little
           time
           they
           did
           ,
           following
           us
           ,
           by
           the
           track
           of
           our
           Feet
           and
           tops
           of
           the
           Cartridges
           ,
           coming
           with
           full
           speed
           to
           our
           Assistance
           if
           there
           had
           been
           occasion
           ;
           Then
           we
           followed
           the
           Enemy
           as
           close
           as
           we
           could
           ,
           thinking
           they
           had
           retreated
           into
           the
           Town
           ,
           but
           they
           decoyed
           us
           (
           to
           give
           the
           people
           time
           to
           secure
           their
           Valuable
           Commodities
           )
           a
           contrary
           way
           ,
           and
           led
           us
           amongst
           Ditches
           and
           watry
           Swamps
           ;
           yet
           at
           last
           we
           got
           to
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           short
           time
           made
           our selves
           Masters
           of
           it
           ,
           with
           little
           or
           no
           loss
           on
           our
           side
           .
           Here
           we
           staid
           four
           days
           to
           refresh
           our selves
           ,
           finding
           plenty
           of
           Hogs
           ,
           Fowls
           ,
           Mutton
           ,
           and
           Sallads
           ,
           with
           very
           good
           Wine
           ,
           which
           is
           made
           here
           ,
           also
           great
           store
           of
           Wheat
           ,
           Barly
           ,
           and
           all
           European
           Grain
           ,
           and
           many
           large
           Orchards
           as
           they
           have
           in
           Kent
           ,
           of
           Apples
           ,
           Pears
           ,
           Cherries
           ,
           &c.
           
           Likewise
           delicate
           Gardens
           of
           Apricocks
           ,
           Peaches
           ,
           Strawberries
           ,
           Gooseberries
           ,
           and
           other
           Fruit.
           
        
         
           The
           Town
           of
           Coquimbo
           ,
           Scituate
           upon
           a
           Hill
           ,
           is
           three
           quarters
           of
           a
           mile
           square
           ,
           
           and
           has
           nine
           good
           Churches
           in
           it
           ;
           
           and
           it
           is
           distant
           from
           the
           Road
           for
           Shipping
           about
           Eight
           Miles
           .
           The
           chief
           Manufacture
           of
           the
           place
           is
           Copper
           ,
           which
           they
           have
           in
           abundance
           .
        
         
           Here
           is
           also
           Gold-dust
           ,
           which
           washes
           out
           of
           a
           great
           River
           that
           runs
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           at
           the
           foot
           of
           the
           Hill
           whereon
           the
           Town
           stands
           ,
           the
           latitude
           of
           the
           place
           is
           29
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           South
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           day
           that
           we
           were
           in
           the
           Town
           ,
           there
           came
           six
           Gentlemen
           to
           us
           ,
           with
           a
           Flag
           of
           Truce
           ,
           desiring
           that
           we
           would
           send
           their
           Governour
           some
           Wine
           ,
           for
           he
           had
           none
           in
           the
           Fields
           where
           he
           lay
           ,
           which
           we
           did
           ,
           together
           with
           some
           Fowls
           .
           And
           this
           Compliment
           ;
           That
           if
           either
           Himself
           or
           his
           Lady
           wanted
           any
           thing
           that
           they
           had
           left
           behind
           them
           ,
           Gold
           ,
           Silver
           ,
           and
           Jewels
           excepted
           ,
           they
           might
           with
           freedom
           command
           it
           .
           After
           this
           ,
           finding
           we
           were
           such
           sociable
           Enemies
           ,
           and
           so
           good
           Natured
           Victors
           ,
           he
           Invited
           our
           Captain
           to
           drink
           a
           glass
           of
           Wine
           with
           him
           at
           the
           top
           of
           a
           Hill
           just
           by
           the
           Town
           side
           ,
           and
           desired
           our
           Captain
           to
           come
           without
           Arms
           ,
           and
           but
           with
           one
           Man
           ,
           and
           he
           would
           do
           the
           same
           ,
           which
           our
           Commander
           
           consented
           to
           ,
           and
           met
           the
           Governour
           with
           two
           Bottles
           of
           VVine
           ,
           
           where
           they
           drank
           and
           were
           merry
           together
           ,
           and
           where
           amongst
           other
           discourse
           our
           Interest
           was
           not
           forgotten
           .
           Our
           Commander
           agreeing
           with
           the
           Governour
           ,
           who
           was
           unwilling
           the
           Town
           should
           be
           demolished
           ,
           to
           Ransom
           it
           for
           95000
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           which
           he
           promised
           to
           send
           us
           the
           next
           day
           .
        
         
           So
           having
           drank
           their
           VVine
           ,
           they
           parted
           ;
           we
           receiving
           the
           Captain
           into
           the
           Town
           with
           a
           Volly
           of
           small
           Arms.
           
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           our
           fancies
           being
           filled
           with
           the
           expectation
           of
           so
           much
           money
           ,
           we
           were
           at
           a
           pitch
           of
           mirth
           higher
           then
           ordinary
           ,
           when
           we
           received
           a
           Letter
           from
           on
           board
           our
           Ship
           ,
           intimating
           that
           there
           was
           an
           Indian
           with
           a
           couple
           of
           Seal
           Skins
           blown
           like
           Bladers
           ,
           of
           which
           he
           made
           a
           float
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           dead
           of
           the
           night
           came
           under
           the
           Stern
           of
           our
           Ship
           ,
           with
           a
           Ball
           of
           Pitch
           ,
           Sulphur
           ,
           Oakum
           ,
           and
           such
           combustible
           matter
           ,
           and
           stuck
           it
           between
           the
           Rudd●r
           and
           Stern-port
           ,
           and
           set
           it
           on
           fire
           with
           a
           Brimstone
           match
           ,
           after
           this
           he
           left
           his
           new
           Fashioned
           Boat
           and
           swome
           on
           shoar
           .
           This
           fire
           made
           such
           a
           stench
           that
           almost
           choaked
           the
           
           Men
           in
           the
           Ship
           ,
           who
           else
           ,
           it
           is
           possible
           ,
           had
           not
           awaked
           ,
           for
           had
           they
           kept
           a
           good
           look
           out
           ,
           the
           Indian
           could
           not
           have
           effected
           so
           great
           a
           part
           of
           his
           design
           ,
           some
           leaped
           into
           their
           Canoes
           and
           others
           searched
           within
           board
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           found
           the
           fire
           before
           it
           had
           taken
           hold
           of
           the
           Ship.
           This
           piece
           of
           Treachery
           made
           us
           despair
           of
           our
           money
           ;
           However
           it
           wrought
           this
           effect
           upon
           us
           ,
           that
           ever
           after
           ,
           we
           kept
           so
           strict
           a
           watch
           ,
           that
           we
           had
           prevented
           any
           such
           other
           mischiefs
           ,
           had
           they
           attempted
           the
           like
           against
           us
           .
           And
           truly
           as
           our
           circumstances
           were
           ,
           it
           was
           a
           deliverance
           ,
           no
           Serious
           Man
           will
           be
           ever
           unmindful
           to
           give
           God
           Thanks
           for
           .
           For
           at
           that
           time
           ,
           had
           our
           Ship
           been
           burnt
           ,
           not
           one
           man
           of
           us
           had
           escaped
           ,
           the
           Spaniards
           being
           not
           easily
           reconciled
           to
           us
           ,
           for
           those
           ill
           Offices
           we
           had
           done
           them
           since
           our
           visits
           there
           on
           the
           South
           Sea
           Coasts
           ,
           and
           some
           of
           us
           also
           not
           unknown
           to
           them
           in
           the
           North
           Seas
           ;
           That
           they
           would
           have
           hanged
           the
           rest
           if
           they
           had
           been
           Saints
           .
        
         
           The
           Spaniards
           perceiving
           their
           project
           had
           not
           operated
           to
           burn
           our
           Ship
           ,
           they
           Early
           in
           the
           morning
           turned
           
           all
           the
           water
           sluices
           into
           the
           Town
           ,
           which
           in
           an
           hours
           time
           ,
           made
           the
           streets
           almost
           Ankle
           deep
           in
           water
           ,
           which
           before
           was
           dry
           dust
           .
           This
           they
           did
           ,
           either
           to
           drive
           us
           out
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           or
           to
           have
           water
           at
           hand
           to
           quench
           it
           ,
           in
           case
           we
           set
           it
           on
           fire
           ,
           which
           (
           resolving
           to
           keep
           our
           word
           with
           the
           Enemy
           )
           we
           did
           ,
           firing
           it
           in
           several
           Places
           at
           once
           ,
           and
           Packing
           up
           our
           Luggage
           ,
           after
           we
           had
           staid
           till
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           it
           was
           in
           Flames
           ,
           we
           marched
           out
           of
           it
           down
           to
           the
           water
           side
           ;
           But
           the
           Governour
           had
           drawn
           all
           his
           men
           from
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           Hills
           ,
           down
           into
           the
           Vally
           ,
           by
           the
           water
           side
           into
           the
           way
           that
           we
           should
           pass
           ;
           So
           we
           detached
           out
           a
           small
           party
           for
           a
           forlorn
           ,
           supposing
           we
           must
           have
           fought
           our
           way
           through
           ;
           But
           as
           soon
           as
           we
           began
           to
           pink
           some
           of
           their
           Jackets
           for
           them
           with
           our
           Fuzees
           ,
           they
           got
           out
           of
           our
           reach
           ,
           and
           went
           to
           their
           ruin'd
           Town
           leaving
           us
           to
           go
           peaceably
           on
           Board
           our
           Ship.
           When
           we
           came
           on
           Board
           ,
           we
           sent
           a
           shoar
           a
           great
           number
           of
           our
           Prisoners
           ,
           and
           amongst
           the
           rest
           
             Don
             Thomas
             d'Algondony
          
           ,
           Captain
           Peralta
           ,
           Captain
           
             Don
             Iuan
          
           ,
           
           and
           many
           others
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           being
           Merchants
           ,
           which
           we
           had
           taken
           and
           kept
           on
           board
           ,
           to
           learn
           them
           to
           eat
           Montego
           and
           Do●eboys
           .
           Yet
           had
           they
           no
           reason
           to
           complain
           of
           their
           entertainment
           amongst
           us
           ,
           they
           being
           very
           civilly
           treated
           with
           the
           best
           our
           Ship
           could
           afford
           ,
           which
           if
           they
           do
           not
           justly
           acknowledge
           ,
           let
           them
           have
           a
           care
           we
           call
           them
           not
           to
           an
           account
           for
           their
           ingratitude
           ,
           when
           they
           least
           think
           of
           it
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           day
           we
           weighed
           from
           Coguimbo
           ,
           wind
           at
           South
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Wedn.
           Little
           wind
           at
           South
           ,
           we
           stood
           to
           the
           Westward
           ,
           and
           made
           three
           Islands
           that
           Lye
           North
           West
           ,
           a
           little
           distance
           from
           the
           Harbour
           of
           Coquimbo
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Thursd.
           At
           12
           a
           Clock
           the
           Southermost
           Isle
           bore
           West
           12
           leag
           .
           distance
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Frid.
           Very
           little
           wind
           at
           South
           we
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           VVest
           .
           VVest
           14
           leag
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Saturd
           .
           VVe
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           wind
           N.
           E.
           VVest
           ,
           17
           leag
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Sund.
           VVe
           have
           run
           this
           24
           hours
           13
           leag
           .
           VVest
           wind
           South
           .
           VVest
           30
           leag
           .
        
         
           1●
           .
           ●●nd
           .
           Plying
           between
           Coquimbo
           
           and
           
             Iuan
             Fernandoes
          
           .
           This
           24
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           11
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           2
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           S.
           E.
           fair
           weather
           .
           VVest
           41
           leag
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Tuesd.
           VVe
           have
           run
           4
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           29
           min.
           wind
           S.
           S.
           VV.
           with
           rain
           the
           4
           leag
           .
           East
           deducted
           makes
           our
           departure
           VVest
           37
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Wedn.
           VVe
           have
           run
           7
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           very
           hard
           gales
           at
           S.
           and
           S.
           S.
           W.
           West
           44
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Thursd.
           VVe
           have
           run
           20
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           VVest
           64
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Frid.
           VVe
           have
           run
           11
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           30
           min.
           VVest
           75
           leag
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           12
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           54
           min.
           wind
           S.
           to
           S.
           E.
           squally
           weather
           .
           West
           87
           leag
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           31
           deg
           .
           39
           min.
           wind
           S.
           E.
           VVest
           102
           leag
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Mund.
           VVe
           have
           run
           17
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           21
           min.
           VVest
           119
           leag
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Tuesd.
           VVe
           have
           run
           12
           leag
           .
           VVest
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           13
           min.
           VVest
           131
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           22.
           
           Wedn.
           VVe
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           10
           min.
           the
           wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           .
           East
           3
           leag
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Thursd.
           VVe
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           43
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           N
           ▪
           W.
           to
           S.
           E.
           East
           6
           leag
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           33
           deg
           .
           33
           min.
           wind
           at
           N.
           to
           N.
           N.
           VV.
           this
           day
           we
           made
           the
           VVestermost
           Isle
           of
           
             Iuan
             Fernando's
          
           ,
           it
           bears
           S.
           VV.
           East
           21
           leag
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Saturd
           .
           VVe
           have
           run
           10
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           33
           deg
           .
           42
           min.
           at
           six
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           Evening
           we
           came
           to
           an
           anchor
           at
           the
           Southermost
           part
           of
           this
           Island
           in
           11
           fath
           .
           water
           ,
           where
           we
           lay
           very
           smooth
           ,
           in
           the
           N.
           VV.
           Bay.
           
        
         
           VVe
           lay
           at
           this
           Place
           until
           Tuesday
           following
           ,
           but
           not
           finding
           it
           a
           good
           road
           we
           went
           to
           Leeward
           of
           the
           Island
           ,
           where
           we
           lay
           very
           smooth
           in
           the
           N.
           W.
           Bay.
           
        
         
           Here
           we
           lay
           and
           refresht
           our
           men
           ,
           with
           Goats
           Flesh
           and
           fresh
           Fish
           ,
           of
           both
           which
           here
           is
           plenty
           ;
           and
           as
           it
           is
           usuall
           amongst
           the
           generality
           of
           men
           ,
           that
           plenty
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           breeds
           an
           increase
           of
           ill
           humors
           ,
           Faction
           and
           Disturbances
           so
           it
           had
           the
           same
           effect
           
           upon
           our
           men
           ,
           for
           now
           they
           are
           for
           a
           new
           Commander
           .
        
         
           A
           party
           of
           the
           disaffected
           to
           Captain
           Sharp
           got
           ashoar
           and
           subscribed
           a
           Paper
           to
           make
           
             Iohn
             Wutling
          
           Commander
           ,
           pretending
           liberty
           to
           a
           free
           election
           as
           they
           termed
           it
           ,
           and
           that
           Watling
           had
           it
           by
           vote
           .
           The
           reason
           of
           this
           mutiny
           was
           ,
           that
           Sharp
           had
           got
           about
           3000
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           and
           was
           willing
           to
           come
           home
           that
           year
           ,
           but
           two
           thirds
           of
           the
           Company
           had
           none
           left
           ;
           having
           lost
           it
           at
           play
           ;
           And
           those
           would
           have
           Captain
           Sharp
           turned
           out
           ,
           because
           they
           had
           no
           mind
           as
           yet
           to
           return
           home
           .
           This
           Fewd
           was
           carried
           on
           so
           fiercely
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           very
           near
           coming
           to
           a
           civil
           VVar
           ,
           had
           not
           some
           prudent
           men
           a
           little
           modera●ed
           the
           thing
           ;
           Yet
           all
           this
           while
           we
           all
           ●oined
           in
           the
           ready
           Fitting
           our
           Vessel
           ,
           and
           used
           all
           diligence
           imaginable
           to
           get
           ●o
           Sea
           again
           .
        
         
           It
           pleased
           God
           as
           our
           Ship
           was
           newly
           made
           clean
           and
           ready
           to
           Sail
           ,
           there
           came
           three
           Men
           of
           War
           to
           look
           for
           us
           ;
           Now
           we
           had
           at
           that
           time
           two
           Canoes
           
           at
           the
           windward
           side
           of
           the
           Isle
           ,
           
           setching
           Goats
           ,
           who
           saw
           the
           three
           Men
           of
           War
           ,
           and
           gave
           us
           notice
           of
           them
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           had
           just
           time
           to
           get
           our
           Men
           on
           Board
           ,
           who
           were
           most
           of
           them
           at
           that
           time
           on
           shoar
           ,
           cutting
           wood
           and
           washing
           their
           clothes
           .
           As
           soon
           as
           they
           were
           got
           on
           Board
           ,
           the
           Ships
           came
           in
           sight
           ,
           so
           we
           got
           up
           one
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           left
           the
           other
           behind
           us
           .
           We
           heysted
           in
           our
           Canoes
           and
           Boat
           ,
           and
           clapt
           close
           by
           the
           wind
           ,
           for
           at
           this
           time
           those
           Ships
           were
           to
           Leeward
           of
           us
           about
           two
           miles
           ;
           their
           Admiral
           sailed
           well
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           chase
           of
           us
           ,
           the
           other
           two
           were
           two
           leagues
           distant
           from
           him
           ;
           now
           knowing
           we
           could
           deal
           well
           enough
           with
           him
           ,
           tho
           he
           had
           twelve
           great
           Guns
           ,
           and
           we
           not
           one
           ,
           we
           went
           about-Ship
           ,
           resolving
           to
           Board
           him
           before
           the
           other
           two
           could
           come
           up
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           then
           we
           should
           be
           ready
           for
           them
           .
        
         
           But
           so
           soon
           as
           he
           saw
           us
           put
           a
           stays
           ,
           he
           bore
           up
           the
           Helm
           and
           went
           to
           his
           consorts
           .
           This
           was
           the
           twelfth
           of
           January
           1680.
           
        
         
         
           
             Iuan
             Fernandez
          
           at
           
             Queen
             Katherines
          
           Isle
           ,
           as
           we
           called
           it
           ,
           is
           very
           high
           Land
           ,
           well
           wooded
           ,
           and
           has
           plenty
           of
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           Goats
           and
           Fish
           ,
           with
           a
           wholesome
           Air
           ,
           and
           Lyes
           in
           33
           deg
           .
           40
           min.
           South
           lat
           .
           and
           about
           100
           leag
           .
           from
           the
           Main
           Land.
           
        
         
           13.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           keep
           plying
           to
           windward
           ,
           to
           see
           the
           motion
           of
           these
           three
           Ships
           ;
           we
           saw
           one
           plying
           for
           the
           Island
           ,
           the
           other
           two
           we
           judged
           were
           got
           to
           an
           Anchor
           under
           the
           Island
           .
           Our
           Men
           being
           mutinous
           and
           full
           fed
           ,
           Resolved
           to
           surprise
           the
           City
           of
           Aryca
           ,
           so
           in
           the
           night
           we
           bore
           up
           the
           Helm
           ,
           and
           left
           the
           Spaniards
           to
           cast
           a
           figure
           to
           know
           where
           to
           meet
           us
           next
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           33
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           S.
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           5
           leag
           .
           distance
           from
           the
           Isle
           when
           we
           bore
           up
           ,
           which
           makes
           East
           20
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Between
           
             Iuan
             Fernandez
          
           and
           Aryca
           ;
           We
           have
           run
           21
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           
           lat
           .
           30
           deg
           .
           36
           min.
           wind
           South
           East
           41
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           20
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           29
           deg
           .
           23
           min.
           East
           61
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           18
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           .
           29
           deg
           .
           49
           min.
           wind
           S.
           S.
           E.
           we
           differ
           by
           dead
           reckoning
           and
           corre●t
           it
           by
           Observation
           7
           leag
           .
           which
           being
           deducted
           out
           of
           our
           Easting
           ,
           there
           remains
           East
           7●
           leag
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           22
           leag
           .
           East
           lat
           26
           deg
           .
           13
           min.
           wind
           at
           South
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           clowdy
           weather
           .
           East
           94
           leag
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           East
           20
           leag
           .
           lat
           .
           25
           deg
           .
           7
           min.
           wind
           South
           .
           East
           114
           leag
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           22
           leag
           .
           North
           lat
           .
           24
           deg
           .
           the
           wind
           at
           South
           ;
           this
           morning
           we
           saw
           the
           Land
           which
           was
           very
           high
           and
           mountainous
           ,
           and
           bore
           E.
           N.
           E.
           14
           leag
           .
           distance
           .
           East
           114
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           21.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           26
           leag
           .
           North
           lat
           .
           ●2
           deg
           .
           43
           min.
           wind
           South
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           12
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           26
           min.
           wind
           South
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           12
           leag
           .
           West
           from
           114
           East
           make
           our
           departure
           .
           East
           but
           102
           leag
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           11
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           42
           min.
           the
           wind
           in
           the
           day
           at
           South
           ,
           by
           night
           East
           ,
           a
           strong
           Current
           that
           sets
           to
           the
           Northward
           .
           East
           113
           leag
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Mund.
           VVe
           sent
           our
           Canoes
           to
           an
           Island
           that
           lyes
           a
           little
           from
           the
           shoar
           to
           take
           some
           prisoners
           ,
           that
           might
           inform
           us
           how
           the
           City
           of
           Aryca
           was
           fortified
           ,
           so
           we
           lay
           on
           and
           off
           the
           shoar
           for
           this
           day
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Tuesd.
           VVe
           plyed
           to
           windward
           ,
           for
           our
           Canoes
           at
           night
           they
           came
           on
           Board
           ,
           but
           had
           mist
           of
           the
           Island
           ,
           so
           we
           put
           in
           a
           fresh
           gang
           of
           Men
           and
           away
           they
           went
           on
           the
           same
           errand
           this
           night
           .
        
         
         
           26.
           
           Wedn.
           Our
           Canoes
           came
           on
           b●ard
           at
           night
           ,
           bringing
           with
           them
           two
           old
           Indian
           Men
           ,
           who
           informed
           Captain
           
             Iohn
             Watling
          
           who
           now
           was
           commander
           in
           Chief
           ,
           and
           took
           their
           examinations
           in
           Private
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           seven
           Companys
           of
           Kings
           Soldiers
           in
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Place
           was
           well
           fortisied
           with
           Breast-Works
           ,
           besides
           a
           strong
           Fort
           of
           thirteen
           Copper
           Guns
           ,
           but
           for
           fear
           of
           discouraging
           us
           in
           the
           attempt
           he
           discovered
           nothing
           of
           this
           to
           us
           ,
           but
           swore
           he
           would
           have
           the
           Town
           or
           that
           should
           have
           him
           ,
           which
           proved
           a
           prophecy
           ;
           with
           this
           resolution
           he
           commands
           the
           Helm
           to
           be
           bore
           up
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Thursd.
           Little
           or
           no
           wind
           ,
           lat
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           
        
         
           28.
           
           Frid.
           We
           went
           with
           our
           Boat
           and
           Canoes
           ,
           wherein
           we
           had
           92
           Men
           that
           we
           could
           Land
           ,
           leaving
           a
           small
           Guard
           on
           our
           Boats.
           We
           rowed
           along
           shoar
           till
           29.
           
           Saturd
           .
           morning
           ,
           and
           lay
           still
           all
           this
           day
           for
           fear
           of
           being
           descried
           ,
           and
           on
           Saturd
           .
           night
           we
           rowed
           most
           part
           of
           the
           night
           .
        
         
         
           Ianuary
           the
           30.
           
           Sund.
           Being
           the
           Anniversary
           day
           in
           commemoration
           of
           the
           Martyrdom
           of
           King
           Charles
           the
           First
           ,
           for
           which
           I
           believe
           the
           English
           both
           have
           and
           will
           suffer
           severely
           ,
           and
           Seas
           of
           our
           Blood
           be
           shed
           for
           Sacrifices
           to
           expiat●
           the
           Murther
           of
           the
           best
           of
           Princes
           ,
           we
           landed
           our
           Men
           ,
           and
           advanced
           towards
           the
           Town
           of
           Aryca
           ,
           but
           as
           we
           marched
           we
           divided
           our
           Men
           ●nto
           two
           Parties
           ,
           of
           which
           40
           were
           designed
           for
           the
           Fort
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           for
           the
           City
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           drew
           near
           the
           Town
           ,
           we
           saw
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Men
           drawn
           up
           without
           their
           works
           ,
           in
           a
           plain
           Sandy
           Ground
           ,
           who
           fired
           at
           our
           Party
           that
           marched
           towards
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           our
           Men
           returning
           their
           compliment
           kept
           on
           their
           way
           ;
           our
           other
           Party
           that
           were
           for
           the
           Fort
           seeing
           us
           ingaged
           ,
           hasted
           down
           the
           Hill
           ,
           with
           a
           Shour
           ,
           and
           cried
           ,
           
             They
             run
             ,
             they
             run
          
           ,
           and
           then
           firing
           on
           their
           Flank
           ,
           made
           them
           run
           in
           good
           Earnest
           ,
           and
           with
           what
           haste
           they
           could
           ,
           get
           into
           their
           Breast-works
           .
        
         
         
           When
           we
           were
           united
           into
           one
           body
           the
           Enemy
           played
           their
           Cannon
           briskly
           upon
           us
           ;
           So
           we
           resolved
           to
           attaque
           their
           Breast-works
           ,
           which
           were
           out
           of
           the
           Bearing
           of
           their
           Fort
           ,
           but
           we
           had
           a
           smart
           A●sault
           of
           it
           ,
           for
           we
           being
           all
           open
           to
           their
           ,
           fire
           and
           naked
           Men
           ,
           and
           they
           secured
           in
           their
           works
           ,
           they
           by
           this
           advantage
           ,
           killed
           us
           a
           great
           many
           Men.
           At
           last
           some
           of
           ours
           got
           to
           the
           End
           of
           their
           biggest
           Breastwork
           ,
           which
           galled
           us
           most
           and
           then
           we
           plyed
           them
           well
           with
           small
           Shot
           ,
           which
           was
           a
           Cartridge
           fit
           for
           the
           Bores
           of
           our
           Fuzees
           with
           a
           full
           Shot
           in
           it
           and
           7
           or
           9
           Swan
           Shot
           loose
           upon
           that
           .
           This
           kept
           them
           in
           play
           till
           our
           Men
           in
           the
           Front
           began
           to
           Storm
           the
           wall
           ;
           upon
           which
           they
           cryed
           for
           quarter
           ,
           which
           our
           unwary
           Commander
           too
           readily
           granted
           ,
           it
           afterwards
           proving
           the
           ruin
           of
           our
           design
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           jun●ture
           we
           received
           many
           a
           Volly
           from
           three
           other
           Breastworks
           ,
           that
           this
           great
           one
           lay
           within
           command
           of
           ;
           and
           we
           being
           for
           dispatch
           faced
           about
           with
           a
           party
           of
           ours
           ,
           and
           took
           them
           all
           by
           assault
           without
           giving
           any
           quarter
           
           to
           those
           that
           were
           in
           them
           ,
           they
           being
           Creolians
           ,
           a
           people
           half
           Spaniards
           and
           half
           Indians
           ,
           of
           a
           Copper
           colour'd
           Complexion
           ,
           and
           Men
           that
           never
           give
           it
           themselves
           .
        
         
           From
           hence
           we
           advanced
           to
           the
           Town
           and
           took
           it
           ,
           that
           now
           we
           had
           nothing
           to
           do
           but
           to
           give
           a
           general
           assault
           to
           the
           Fort
           ,
           but
           Captain
           Watling
           delaying
           his
           time
           ,
           in
           the
           Breastwork
           where
           he
           staid
           to
           give
           quarter
           ;
           Those
           we
           drove
           out
           of
           the
           Town
           got
           into
           the
           Fort
           ;
           whom
           ,
           had
           it
           not
           been
           for
           the
           Guns
           to
           put
           into
           our
           Ship
           ,
           we
           would
           not
           have
           troubled
           our selves
           with
           ;
           for
           we
           knew
           that
           having
           once
           possession
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           there
           was
           more
           Coined
           money
           then
           we
           could
           tell
           how
           to
           bring
           away
           ,
           in
           case
           we
           had
           not
           been
           disturbed
           ,
           which
           Plunder
           would
           have
           made
           us
           what
           we
           could
           desire
           ;
           but
           we
           wanted
           their
           Cannon
           ,
           to
           secure
           it
           on
           board
           when
           we
           should
           get
           it
           there
           .
           At
           length
           the
           Captain
           marched
           into
           the
           Town
           with
           his
           Prisoners
           and
           called
           us
           all
           together
           ,
           where
           being
           come
           ,
           we
           found
           we
           had
           more
           Prisoners
           then
           Men
           of
           our
           own
           .
           So
           that
           after
           
           we
           had
           sent
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           to
           the
           Hospital
           ,
           got
           the
           Doctors
           to
           dress
           them
           ,
           and
           set
           a
           Guard
           upon
           our
           Prisoners
           and
           Wounded
           ,
           which
           took
           up
           above
           an
           hours
           time
           ,
           we
           marched
           to
           the
           Fort
           ,
           and
           then
           too
           plainly
           saw
           that
           had
           we
           not
           been
           so
           hasty
           in
           giving
           quarter
           ,
           but
           as
           soon
           as
           we
           had
           taken
           the
           Town
           ,
           rallied
           again
           and
           made
           an
           attempt
           on
           the
           Fort
           ,
           no
           doubt
           but
           we
           had
           carried
           it
           in
           spight
           of
           all
           Opposition
           .
        
         
           We
           then
           contrived
           to
           set
           some
           of
           the
           Prisoners
           before
           us
           ,
           to
           secure
           us
           the
           better
           in
           our
           approach
           to
           the
           walls
           of
           the
           Fort
           ,
           but
           they
           fired
           as
           well
           upon
           them
           ,
           as
           us
           ,
           and
           on
           a
           sudden
           at
           a
           signal
           given
           ,
           they
           all
           run
           from
           us
           into
           a
           Sally
           Port
           ,
           Which
           was
           hastily
           shut
           with
           some
           of
           them
           left
           out
           ,
           whom
           we
           knocked
           on
           the
           head
           .
           Yet
           we
           undauntedly
           got
           under
           the
           walls
           ,
           and
           began
           to
           throw
           over
           our
           Hand-granadoes
           ,
           which
           proved
           bad
           and
           were
           altogether
           Unserviceable
           .
           Now
           while
           we
           were
           under
           the
           wall
           ,
           and
           consulting
           how
           we
           should
           get
           amongst
           them
           ,
           though
           a
           Prisoner
           told
           us
           there
           were
           three
           hundred
           Kings
           Souldiers
           ,
           
           in
           the
           Garison
           .
           The
           Country
           people
           came
           in
           so
           ●ast
           upon
           us
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           do
           no
           good
           on
           the
           Fort
           ,
           so
           we
           retre●ted
           towards
           the
           T●wn
           .
           In
           which
           action
           Captain
           Watlin
           was
           Shot
           into
           the
           Reins
           ,
           and
           Killed
           ;
           and
           to
           add
           to
           our
           loss
           &
           disappointment
           we
           found
           both
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           Breast-works
           ,
           new
           manned
           by
           the
           Country
           people
           ,
           which
           while
           we
           were
           engaged
           with
           ,
           they
           Sallyed
           out
           of
           the
           Fort
           upon
           us
           ,
           so
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           quit
           our
           attempt
           on
           the
           Town
           and
           betake
           our selves
           to
           the
           plain
           Field
           ,
           leaving
           our
           Doctors
           ,
           and
           some
           Wounded
           Men
           in
           the
           Hospital
           behind
           us
           .
           When
           we
           came
           into
           the
           Field
           ,
           and
           saw
           such
           a
           small
           remainder
           of
           our
           Men
           ,
           and
           our
           Enemies
           Horse
           quite
           round
           us
           ,
           we
           got
           our
           Wounded
           Men
           into
           the
           middle
           ,
           and
           casting
           our selves
           into
           a
           circle
           or
           ring
           ,
           Fought
           our
           way
           through
           .
           Not
           one
           Man
           of
           us
           offering
           to
           run
           ,
           and
           thus
           marched
           down
           to
           our
           Boats
           ,
           but
           with
           heavy
           Hearts
           ,
           to
           think
           we
           should
           leave
           so
           much
           Plate
           behind
           us
           .
           And
           notwithstanding
           we
           were
           so
           few
           ,
           and
           this
           few
           almost
           Choaked
           for
           want
           of
           water
           ,
           having
           been
           ingaged
           from
           eight
           a
           
           Clock
           in
           the
           morning
           till
           two
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           yet
           durst
           they
           not
           break
           in
           with
           our
           Body
           ,
           which
           at
           this
           time
           consisted
           but
           of
           forty
           seven
           Fighting
           Men
           ,
           and
           they
           at
           least
           twelve
           hundred
           in
           the
           Field
           ,
           besides
           what
           were
           in
           their
           Fort
           ,
           Town
           ,
           and
           Breast-works
           ;
           and
           our
           Canoes
           lay
           full
           three
           miles
           from
           the
           Town
           .
           All
           which
           way
           we
           charged
           through
           and
           through
           them
           ,
           and
           lost
           not
           one
           Man
           in
           the
           retreat
           ,
           though
           some
           of
           us
           were
           Wounded
           ;
           what
           damage
           we
           did
           them
           we
           never
           knew
           ,
           but
           it
           could
           not
           but
           be
           considerable
           .
           In
           this
           Fight
           we
           had
           eight
           and
           twenty
           Men
           Killed
           ,
           seventeen
           Wounded
           ,
           and
           the
           Doctors
           taken
           Prisoners
           ,
           who
           had
           quarter
           given
           them
           as
           we
           were
           afterwards
           told
           .
        
         
           This
           Arica
           is
           seated
           in
           a
           very
           pleasant
           Vally
           by
           a
           River
           side
           ,
           and
           is
           the
           Barkador
           or
           place
           for
           Shipping
           off
           the
           Treasure
           which
           comes
           from
           the
           Mines
           of
           the
           Mountain
           of
           Potosy
           ,
           is
           a
           good
           Harbour
           ,
           and
           secure
           ,
           and
           lies
           in
           eighteen
           deg
           ▪
           and
           twenty
           min.
           
           South
           latitude
           ,
           and
           a
           Healthy
           Air
           ,
           the
           people
           of
           a
           good
           Complexion
           and
           Stature
           .
           The
           Mountains
           by
           the
           City
           
           afford
           good
           Salt
           ,
           which
           the
           Inhabitants
           digg
           in
           Cakes
           of
           a
           hundred
           weight
           per
           peice
           .
           Here
           is
           also
           a
           very
           good
           Harbour
           .
        
         
           This
           night
           about
           nine
           a
           Clock
           we
           got
           on
           board
           .
        
         
           31.
           
           Mund.
           We
           stood
           to
           the
           Westward
           .
           Little
           wind
           at
           S.
           and
           S.
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           February
           the
           Ist.
           We
           plied
           to
           the
           Southward
           under
           the
           shoar
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           kept
           plying
           under
           the
           shoar
           till
           afternoon
           ,
           then
           stood
           off
           to
           Sea.
           The
           high
           land
           in
           19
           deg
           .
           bears
           East
           10
           leag
           .
           distance
           ;
           West
           10
           leag
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Thursd.
           Little
           wind
           all
           day
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           6
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           wind
           E.
           and
           E.
           S.
           E.
           West
           16
           leag
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           20
           deg
           .
           53
           min.
           wind
           S.
           S.
           E.
           West
           18
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           6.
           
           Sund.
           
           We
           have
           run
           17.
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           22
           min.
           West
           35
           leag
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           19
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           21
           deg
           .
           34
           min.
           wind
           South
           .
           West
           54
           Leag
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           9
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           21.
           deg
           .
           49
           min.
           clowdy
           weather
           .
           West
           63
           leag
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           19
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           22
           deg
           .
           20
           min.
           wind
           S.
           S.
           E.
           West
           82
           ▪
           leag
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           18
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           23
           deg
           .
           5
           min.
           a
           Southern
           great
           Sea.
           West
           100
           leag
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           23
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           wind
           S.
           E.
           West
           115
           leag
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Lat.
           25
           deg
           .
           12
           min.
           a
           great
           Sea
           wind
           E.
           S.
           E.
           and
           S.
           E.
           
        
         
           13.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           25
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           wind
           South
           East
           ,
           
           with
           some
           rain
           .
           West
           130
           leag
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           3
           leag
           .
           West
           lat
           .
           26
           deg
           .
           6
           min.
           West
           133
           leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Tuesd.
           14
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           26
           deg
           .
           ●0
           min.
           West
           147
           leag
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           27
           deg
           .
           44
           min.
           wind
           South
           and
           E.
           S.
           E.
           we
           are
           run
           in
           all
           West
           .
           149
           leag
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           8
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           28
           deg
           .
           7
           min.
           West
           157
           leag
           .
        
         
           18
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           10
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           28
           deg
           .
           44
           min.
           West
           167
           leag
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           14
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           29
           deg
           .
           29
           min.
           West
           181
           leag
           .
        
         
           20
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           31
           deg
           .
           1
           min.
           
           West
           196
           leag
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           24
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           31
           deg
           34
           min.
           squally
           weather
           .
           West
           220
           leag
           .
        
         
           22
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           2
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           ●at
           .
           31
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           wind
           S.
           E.
           to
           S.
           W.
           hazy
           weather
           .
           West
           222
           leag
           .
        
         
           23
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           5
           leag
           .
           West
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           11
           min.
           wind
           S.
           E.
           to
           South
           .
           West
           227
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           24.
           
           Thursd.
           and
           25.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           lain
           becalmed
           ,
           lat
           .
           32
           deg
           .
           26
           min.
           
        
         
           26.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           East
           16
           ▪
           leag
           .
           in
           lat
           .
           3●
           deg
           .
           50
           min.
           the
           wind
           a●
           North
           West
           to
           West
           clear
           weather
           ▪
           East
           16
           leag
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           15
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           33
           deg
           .
           18
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           VV.
           S.
           VV.
           at
           night
           the
           wind
           took
           us
           a
           stays
           at
           S.
           E.
           with
           rain
           .
           East
           31
           leag
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           6
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           34
           deg
           .
           4
           min.
           the
           wind
           from
           E.
           to
           S.
           E.
           clowdy
           weather
           .
           East
           37
           leag
           .
        
         
           March
           the
           
             1st
             .
             Tuesd.
          
           We
           have
           lain
           becalmed
           in
           lat
           .
           34
           deg
           .
           13
           min.
           
        
         
           2.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           16
           leag
           .
           East
           ,
           lat
           .
           34
           deg
           .
           2
           min.
           the
           wind
           at
           VV.
           to
           S.
           E.
           with
           rain
           ;
           at
           this
           time
           water
           grew
           scarce
           ,
           and
           our
           Men
           mutinied
           about
           a
           Commander
           ,
           for
           the
           former
           Dissenters
           had
           not
           forgot
           their
           Old
           Cant
           ,
           so
           we
           proposed
           standing
           over
           for
           the
           main
           to
           get
           water
           and
           fresh
           Provision
           ;
           this
           appeased
           them
           for
           a
           while
           ,
           nothing
           else
           was
           capable
           to
           do
           it
           but
           only
           finding
           them
           employment
           for
           their
           stirring
           Spirits
           and
           unruly
           Humours
           .
           We
           have
           run
           East
           53
           leag
           .
        
         
         
           3.
           
           Thursd.
           
           We
           have
           run
           6.
           
           Leagues
           East
           Latitude
           ,
           33.
           
           Degr.
           and
           35.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
             East
          
           59.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           17.
           
           Leagues
           ,
           East
           Latitude
           32.
           
           Degr.
           and
           35.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           and
           very
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           East
           76.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           15.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           31.
           
           Degr.
           27.
           
           Minut.
           East
           91.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           12.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           30.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Minutes
           .
           East
           103.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           13.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           30.
           
           Degr.
           36.
           
           Min.
           Good
           weather
           .
           East
           116.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           21
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           30.
           
           Degr.
           22.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
             East
          
           137
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           28.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           35.
           
           Min.
           Fair
           weather
           .
           East
           165.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           38.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           S.
           East
           203.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           32.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           the
           wind
           at
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           we
           went
           with
           
           our
           Courses
           for
           Wind.
           East
           235.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           27.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           fresh
           gales
           at
           S.
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           17.
           
           Minutes
           .
           This
           Morning
           we
           saw
           the
           Land.
           East
           262.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           to
           the
           Northward
           along
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           about
           7.
           
           Leagues
           ,
           where
           we
           went
           into
           our
           Canoes
           to
           go
           ashoar
           at
           a
           place
           called
           Gwasko
           ;
           but
           the
           Sea
           breaze
           came
           in
           so
           fresh
           they
           could
           not
           get
           ashoar
           .
           About
           three
           of
           the
           Clock
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           our
           Ship
           got
           into
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           17.
           f●thom
           Water
           ;
           sandy
           ground
           .
        
         
           At
           Night
           we
           landed
           45
           Men
           ,
           and
           marched
           up
           into
           the
           Countrey
           about
           seven
           Miles
           ;
           but
           could
           find
           nothing
           but
           Provisions
           ,
           as
           Wheat
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           About
           eleven
           of
           the
           Clock
           we
           came
           back
           three
           Miles
           ,
           where
           there
           was
           a
           Church
           ,
           where
           we
           dressed
           some
           Sheep
           ,
           and
           Goats
           for
           Supper
           ,
           and
           kept
           our
           Court
           of
           Guard
           there
           that
           Night
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Morning
           Captain
           Sharp
           went
           with
           ten
           Men
           down
           to
           the
           water-side
           ,
           to
           hasten
           our
           filling
           of
           Water
           ,
           the
           rest
           staid
           behind
           to
           bring
           down
           some
           Sheep
           
           and
           Goats
           ;
           which
           we
           did
           ,
           driving
           before
           us
           a
           drove
           of
           150.
           that
           served
           for
           fresh
           meat
           for
           our
           wounded
           men
           a
           great
           while
           .
        
         
           During
           this
           time
           ,
           our
           people
           were
           at
           the
           River
           to
           fill
           Water
           ,
           but
           the
           Sea
           ran
           so
           high
           ,
           they
           could
           not
           get
           any
           off
           the
           Shore
           .
           In
           the
           Morning
           we
           went
           about
           fifty
           Men
           on
           Shoar
           again
           ,
           to
           fill
           Water
           ,
           and
           were
           forced
           to
           carry
           our
           Jarrs
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           Mile
           ,
           because
           the
           Sea
           ran
           so
           high
           we
           could
           not
           get
           our
           Canoes
           into
           the
           shoar
           ,
           to
           take
           it
           in
           at
           the
           River
           ,
           but
           filled
           them
           at
           a
           Pond
           ;
           thus
           we
           got
           on
           Board
           one
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           Jarrs
           .
        
         
           This
           Gwasko
           is
           a
           very
           good
           Harbour
           ,
           and
           clear
           Ground
           with
           the
           Land
           ,
           in
           the
           Wind
           three
           quarters
           of
           the
           Compass
           ,
           a
           Land
           wind
           in
           the
           Night
           ,
           and
           Sea
           breaze
           all
           day
           :
           here
           we
           lay
           till
           the
           15.
           
           Instant
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Tuesd.
           About
           three
           of
           the
           Clock
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           ,
           we
           set
           sail
           from
           Gwasko
           ,
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           16.
           
           Wednes
           .
           We
           have
           run
           4.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Wind
           S.
           West
           4.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           9.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           27.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           West
           13.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           18.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           North
           ,
           Latitude
           26.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           S.
           
        
         
           19.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           10
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           25.
           
           Degr.
           21.
           
           Minut.
           fresh
           gales
           ;
           the
           10.
           
           Leagues
           Easting
           deducted
           ,
           makes
           our
           Westing
           but
           three
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           We
           have
           run
           10.
           
           Leagues
           
             East
             :
             More
             a
             Morania
          
           bears
           East
           6.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
           The
           3.
           
           Leagues
           Westing
           deducted
           ,
           leaves
           our
           departure
           East
           7.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           3.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           22.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             E.
          
           This
           day
           we
           made
           the
           point
           of
           Land
           like
           a
           Sugar-Loaf
           ;
           by
           report
           here
           is
           a
           Harbour
           that
           lyes
           in
           South
           about
           the
           Point
           ,
           good
           Anchor
           Ground
           ,
           in
           15.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           but
           neither
           fresh
           Water
           nor
           Wood.
           
        
         
           22.
           
           T●esd
           .
           This
           day
           we
           have
           lain
           by
           with
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           sent
           our
           Canoes
           to
           look
           for
           the
           River
           Loa
           ,
           but
           they
           c●me
           on
           board
           without
           discovering
           it
           .
           East
           10.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           These
           24.
           hours
           we
           have
           lain
           by
           ,
           while
           our
           Canoes
           went
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           in
           Latitude
           21.
           
           Degr.
           21.
           
           Min.
           The
           
           River
           bears
           E.
           by
           S.
           about
           two
           of
           the
           Clock
           our
           Canoes
           came
           on
           Board
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           sent
           our
           Boat
           on
           Shoar
           .
           This
           River
           of
           Loa
           issues
           out
           of
           the
           high
           Land
           ,
           and
           scarce
           discernable
           ▪
           it
           being
           but
           a
           small
           running
           Stream
           like
           an
           English
           Brook
           ;
           on
           the
           North
           side
           of
           which
           is
           a
           small
           Chappel
           ,
           which
           by
           report
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           ,
           was
           built
           by
           Sir
           
             Francis
             Drake
          
           ,
           when
           he
           was
           in
           those
           Seas
           .
        
         
           Two
           Leagues
           North
           from
           this
           ,
           is
           a
           Fish
           Rainge
           ,
           which
           the
           Spaniards
           keep
           for
           the
           Natives
           to
           fish
           for
           them
           .
           These
           miserable
           Natives
           are
           kept
           in
           great
           subjection
           ,
           and
           do
           not
           generate
           as
           ●ormerly
           ,
           though
           they
           are
           a
           stout
           people
           ,
           and
           have
           amongst
           them
           good
           comely
           Women
           :
           the
           reason
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           we
           conjecture
           ,
           is
           ,
           the
           depressure
           of
           their
           Spirits
           ,
           by
           the
           tyranny
           of
           the
           S●aniards
           ,
           which
           causes
           this
           failure
           of
           Generation
           ;
           the
           means
           of
           Propagation
           not
           taking
           its
           natural
           effect
           upon
           people
           so
           absolutely
           dejected
           with
           oppression
           ,
           as
           they
           most
           certainly
           are
           .
        
         
           These
           24.
           
           Hours
           we
           have
           run
           12.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           20.
           
           Degr.
           55.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           
        
         
         
           25.
           
           March.
           These
           24.
           
           Hours
           we
           have
           run
           12
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           20.
           
           Degr.
           15.
           
           Min.
           West
           24.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Saturd
           .
           These
           24.
           
           Hours
           we
           have
           run
           North
           ,
           Latitude
           18.
           
           Degr.
           19.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           the
           Wind
           S.
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           this
           day
           we
           made
           the
           high
           Land
           of
           Heloe
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Sund.
           This
           Morning
           we
           made
           a
           small
           sail
           to
           spend
           away
           the
           day
           .
           In
           the
           Afternoon
           ,
           about
           five
           of
           the
           Clock
           ,
           we
           made
           what
           sail
           we
           could
           ;
           and
           about
           11.
           in
           the
           Night
           ,
           we
           landed
           about
           50.
           
           Men
           upon
           a
           point
           of
           Rocks
           ,
           which
           lies
           two
           Leagues
           from
           the
           Town
           of
           Heloe
           ,
           or
           Hilo
           ,
           and
           about
           break
           of
           the
           day
           ,
           our
           Men
           took
           most
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           that
           were
           in
           that
           place
           :
           And
           were
           not
           altogether
           unmindful
           of
           their
           Horse
           flesh
           ,
           they
           sent
           us
           for
           Beefs
           ,
           when
           we
           made
           them
           a
           visit
           before
           .
           The
           Prisoners
           ,
           we
           took
           ,
           told
           us
           ,
           that
           at
           Arica
           ,
           our
           Doctors
           had
           had
           good
           quarter
           given
           them
           ,
           for
           the
           sake
           of
           their
           skill
           ;
           but
           that
           the
           wounded
           were
           knockt
           on
           the
           Head
           ;
           and
           that
           one
           Negro
           ,
           who
           had
           his
           Leg
           shot
           off
           ,
           being
           offered
           quarter
           ,
           refused
           it
           ,
           and
           killed
           four
           or
           five
           of
           their
           Men
           ,
           before
           he
           was
           shot
           dead
           on
           the
           spot
           .
           
           This
           fellow
           had
           been
           a
           Slave
           ,
           whom
           our
           Commander
           had
           freed
           ,
           and
           brought
           from
           Iamaica
           .
        
         
           What
           they
           lost
           at
           Aryca
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           confess
           ,
           only
           said
           ,
           that
           a
           great
           many
           were
           killed
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           wounded
           Men
           came
           fast
           out
           of
           the
           Countrey
           to
           be
           cured
           by
           our
           Doctors
           ,
           we
           had
           left
           behind
           us
           .
        
         
           Here
           we
           filled
           fresh
           Water
           ,
           got
           some
           good
           new
           Wine
           ,
           store
           of
           Figgs
           ,
           and
           plenty
           of
           fresh
           Provisions
           for
           our
           Men.
           This
           Heloe
           is
           in
           Latitude
           17.
           
           Degr.
           49.
           
           Min.
           South
           ,
           and
           stands
           in
           an
           extraordinary
           fruitful
           Valley
           ,
           with
           fine
           Olive
           Yards
           ,
           two
           pretty
           Vineyards
           ,
           a
           great
           Sugar
           work
           :
           They
           have
           a
           Corn
           Mill
           ,
           and
           plenty
           of
           Wheat
           ,
           Beef
           ,
           Mutton
           ,
           Pork
           ,
           also
           Fish
           ,
           and
           all
           manner
           of
           necessaries
           both
           for
           life
           ,
           and
           for
           recreation
           .
           Here
           we
           stayed
           till
           Tuesday
           the
           29.
           and
           at
           nine
           of
           the
           Clock
           at
           Night
           ,
           we
           weighed
           ,
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           
        
         
           Wedn.
           30.
           
           We
           have
           run
           12.
           
           Leag
           .
           West
           ,
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           12.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           31.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           14.
           
           Leag
           .
           West
           ,
           Wind
           S.
           a
           great
           Current
           which
           sets
           
             N.
             W.
             West
          
           26.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           April
           1.
           
           
           We
           have
           run
           22.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           17.
           
           Degr.
           13.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           to
           
             S.
             W.
             West
          
           48.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           22.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           16.
           
           Degr.
           46.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           E.
           fair
           weather
           .
           West
           70.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           25.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           16.
           
           Degr.
           16.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           West
           95.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           15.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           14.
           
           Degr.
           28.
           
           Min.
           West
           110.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Tu●sd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           12.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           West
           120.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           ran
           due
           North
           ,
           Latitude
           10.
           
           Degr.
           56.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           this
           day
           we
           saw
           the
           Land
           very
           high
           15.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           9.
           
           Degr.
           38.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           a
           great
           Currant
           that
           sets
           to
           the
           Southward
           ▪
           this
           small
           of
           the
           Moon
           ,
           we
           keep
           Land
           too
           ,
           in
           hopes
           to
           take
           some
           Shipping
           .
           West
           130.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           8.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           9.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           8.
           
           Degr.
           44.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           138.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           due
           North
           ,
           Latitude
           7.
           
           Degr.
           38.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           a
           strong
           South
           easterly
           Currant
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           due
           North
           ,
           Latitude
           6.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           .
           This
           Morning
           we
           made
           Land
           ,
           it
           was
           one
           of
           the
           Northermost
           Isles
           of
           Lobos
           ,
           which
           lye
           in
           Cheripe-Bay
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Mund.
           12.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           5.
           
           Degr.
           57.
           
           Min.
           Wind.
           
             S.
             E.
          
           foggy
           weather
           .
           West
           150.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           13.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           5.
           
           Degr.
           8.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           163.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Wednes
           .
           We
           have
           run
           ●
           .
           Leag
           .
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           3.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           West
           168.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           9.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Lat.
           2.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           Wind.
           S.
           a
           
             N.
             W.
          
           Currant
           East
           9.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           8.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           1.
           
           Degr.
           58.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           very
           great
           riplings
           ,
           and
           a
           strong
           
             N.
             W.
          
           Currant
           .
           East
           17.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           16.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           1.
           
           Degr.
           38.
           
           Min.
           The
           Isle
           of
           Plate
           bears
           N.
           5.
           
           Leagues
           distant
           .
           East
           22.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           Here
           by
           our
           account
           ,
           Heloe
           or
           Hilo
           ,
           lyes
           to
           the
           Eastward
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Plate
           146.
           
           Leagues
           ,
           this
           Island
           lyes
           in
           1.
           
           Degr.
           23.
           
           Min.
           S.
           Latitude
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Sund.
           This
           day
           about
           Noon
           ,
           to
           our
           great
           trouble
           ,
           45
           of
           our
           Men
           left
           us
           ,
           quitting
           our
           Emperours
           service
           ,
           and
           went
           away
           with
           our
           Boat
           and
           two
           Canoes
           ,
           with
           what
           necessary
           things
           they
           wanted
           for
           their
           journey
           over
           Land.
           They
           would
           have
           stayed
           if
           we
           would
           have
           chosen
           a
           new
           Commander
           ,
           but
           would
           not
           serve
           longer
           under
           Captain
           Sharp
           .
           When
           they
           put
           away
           from
           the
           Ship
           ,
           Cape
           Passado
           bore
           
             N.
             E.
          
           10.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           This
           was
           a
           great
           weakning
           to
           our
           party
           ,
           and
           a
           hindrance
           to
           our
           designs
           :
           Nevertheless
           we
           bore
           our
           loss
           as
           chearfully
           as
           we
           could
           ,
           and
           resolved
           not
           to
           quit
           those
           Coasts
           till
           we
           had
           got
           the
           Booty
           we
           expected
           ,
           and
           weakened
           the
           Spaniards
           as
           much
           as
           we
           could
           ,
           as
           our
           Emperor
           had
           obliged
           us
           to
           do
           .
        
         
         
           18.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           9.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Lat.
           0.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           North
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           gone
           North
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           
             N.
             E.
          
           Currant
           ,
           Latitude
           1.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           N.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           good
           weather
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           18.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           3.
           
           Degr.
           16.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           West
           27
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           run
           23.
           
           Leag
           .
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
          
           a
           strong
           Currant
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           76.
           
           Miles
           
             N.
             W.
          
           by
           N.
           Wind
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           much
           rain
           ,
           and
           we
           saved
           40.
           
           Jarrs
           of
           Water
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           25.
           
           Leag
           .
           
             N.
             W.
          
           by
           N.
           a
           strong
           Currant
           which
           sets
           to
           the
           Westward
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           26.
           
           Leagues
           
             N.
             W.
          
           by
           N.
           no
           observation
           ;
           a
           strong
           Currant
           .
           Since
           we
           parted
           from
           our
           Men
           ,
           these
           five
           days
           ,
           we
           have
           had
           plenty
           of
           Turtle
           and
           Fish.
           
        
         
           25.
           
           Mund.
           These
           24.
           
           Hours
           we
           have
           had
           the
           Wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           ,
           we
           have
           run
           12.
           
           Leagues
           N.
           we
           made
           the
           Island
           Caynia
           ,
           a
           different
           observation
           ,
           
           Latitude
           7.
           
           Degrees
           40.
           
           Minutes
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           at
           the
           Island
           ,
           it
           affords
           good
           Timber
           ,
           Hogs
           ,
           Fish
           ,
           and
           Cocoe
           Nuts
           :
           while
           we
           lay
           here
           ,
           we
           sent
           our
           Canoe
           to
           the
           Main
           to
           look
           for
           a
           Harbour
           to
           lay
           our
           Ship
           in
           ,
           but
           could
           find
           none
           ;
           the
           anchoring
           is
           on
           the
           North
           end
           of
           the
           Island
           ,
           where
           we
           filled
           some
           Water
           ,
           and
           lay
           till
           the
           30.
           
        
         
           30.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           weighed
           about
           11.
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           Forenoon
           ,
           and
           stood
           to
           the
           West
           .
        
         
           
             May
             day
          
           .
           
           We
           stood
           to
           the
           Westward
           ,
           Latitude
           9.
           
           Degr.
           1.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           off
           Shoar
           in
           the
           Night
           ,
           by
           Day
           
             S.
             W.
          
           with
           Rain
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Mond
           .
           To
           Thursday
           the
           5.
           we
           kept
           plying
           along
           the
           Shoar
           ;
           very
           much
           Rain
           ,
           with
           Thunder
           and
           Lightning
           ,
           the
           Wind
           S.
           in
           the
           Day
           ,
           at
           Night
           
             N.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           6.
           
           Frid.
           We
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           the
           Gulf
           of
           Nicoya
           ,
           in
           11.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           ouzy
           Ground
           ,
           the
           first
           Key
           with
           a
           Rock
           at
           the
           North
           end
           ,
           bears
           S.
           by
           E.
           from
           us
           ,
           very
           much
           Rain
           .
        
         
         
           7.
           
           Saturd
           .
           
           We
           weighed
           with
           the
           Tide
           of
           flood
           ,
           and
           got
           up
           to
           the
           next
           Key
           ,
           which
           lyes
           
             N.
             W.12.
             W.
          
           5.
           
           Leag
           .
           distance
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Sund.
           Our
           two
           Canoes
           went
           to
           the
           Island
           Chero
           with
           20.
           
           Men
           ,
           and
           took
           a
           Family
           of
           Indians
           that
           lived
           there
           ,
           who
           told
           us
           ,
           there
           were
           two
           Barks
           in
           the
           next
           River
           ,
           loading
           of
           Tallow
           .
           In
           the
           Afternoon-Tide
           ,
           our
           Ship
           got
           up
           to
           the
           Isle
           of
           Cheroe
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Mund.
           Our
           Canoes
           went
           up
           the
           Flood
           ,
           and
           took
           the
           two
           Barks
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           Ebb
           brought
           them
           down
           to
           the
           Ship.
           
        
         
           Those
           Indians
           told
           us
           ,
           That
           up
           another
           River
           ,
           lived
           a
           Shipwright
           ,
           who
           was
           building
           two
           new
           Ships
           .
           This
           was
           welcome
           news
           to
           us
           ;
           so
           we
           went
           up
           to
           the
           Carpenters
           Yard
           ,
           and
           friendly
           desired
           the
           chief
           Builder
           ,
           and
           seven
           of
           his
           Workmen
           ,
           to
           go
           on
           Board
           us
           ,
           and
           help
           us
           to
           cut
           down
           our
           Ship
           :
           He
           also
           helped
           us
           to
           a
           Canoe
           load
           of
           Spikes
           ,
           and
           Iron
           Work
           ,
           which
           our
           Ship
           wanted
           to
           fit
           her
           with
           ;
           but
           some
           of
           our
           Men
           being
           drunk
           ,
           they
           over-set
           her
           coming
           on
           Board
           ,
           and
           drowned
           one
           of
           the
           Men
           :
           But
           it
           being
           but
           low
           Water
           ,
           
           next
           day
           at
           low
           water
           we
           got
           her
           again
           with
           all
           our
           Utensils
           .
        
         
           On
           Wednesday
           we
           set
           our
           Carpenters
           to
           work
           to
           chalk
           out
           our
           lower
           Deck
           .
        
         
           On
           Thursday
           our
           drowned
           Man
           came
           swimming
           by
           the
           Ship
           ,
           so
           we
           took
           him
           up
           ,
           and
           buried
           him
           the
           next
           Morning
           .
           We
           fell
           this
           day
           with
           our
           Ship
           to
           the
           mouth
           of
           a
           Vogue
           about
           a
           League
           off
           ,
           which
           we
           thought
           convenient
           to
           lay
           our
           Ship
           in
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           Tides
           way
           ,
           and
           this
           day
           unrigged
           her
           ,
           got
           our
           Yards
           and
           Topmasts
           down
           ,
           and
           made
           preparation
           for
           our
           Carpenters
           to
           shorten
           our
           low
           Masts
           .
        
         
           On
           Saturday
           we
           laid
           one
           of
           the
           Barks
           on
           shoar
           ,
           and
           took
           out
           her
           Tallow
           .
           It
           rained
           all
           Day
           ,
           and
           continued
           raining
           till
           Tuesday
           following
           .
           We
           made
           an
           awning
           over
           the
           other
           Bark
           ,
           and
           turned
           Tallow
           Chandlers
           ,
           making
           Candles
           for
           our
           Bidacle
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           On
           Wednesday
           the
           eighteenth
           it
           held
           up
           ,
           fair
           weather
           till
           Wednesd
           .
           the
           25.
           at
           which
           time
           we
           began
           to
           rig
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           on
           Thursd.
           were
           ready
           to
           sail
           .
           We
           gave
           the
           Carpenter
           and
           his
           Men
           one
           of
           the
           Barks
           ,
           and
           sent
           them
           
           home
           ;
           who
           returned
           us
           many
           thanks
           for
           our
           generosity
           ,
           and
           using
           them
           so
           civilly
           ;
           and
           with
           them
           ,
           we
           turned
           away
           some
           Prisoners
           which
           we
           had
           on
           Board
           ,
           resolving
           to
           keep
           no
           more
           but
           Negroes
           to
           do
           our
           drudgery
           .
        
         
           During
           our
           stay
           at
           Cheroe
           we
           did
           this
           work
           :
           
             
               We
               shortned
               our
               Main-Mast
               six
               foot
               ,
               made
               new
               Cross
               and
               Trussel-trees
               to
               it
               .
            
             
               Shortned
               our
               Fore
               mast
               5.
               
               Foot
               ,
               and
               made
               new
               Cross
               and
               Trussel-trees
               .
            
             
               by
               the
               Head.
               
            
             
               Made
               our
               Main
               ,
               our
               Fore-Top-Mast
               ,
               our
               Fore
               ,
               our
               Main
               ▪
               Top-Mast
               .
            
             
               Cut
               off
               her
               upper
               Deck
               ,
               and
               sunk
               her
               quarter
               Deck
               ;
               she
               was
               six
               Foot
               ten
               Inches
               high
               ,
               between
               Decks
               ,
               and
               we
               left
               her
               something
               more
               than
               four
               Foot
               in
               the
               Waste
               .
            
          
        
         
           All
           this
           we
           did
           in
           10.
           
           Days
           ,
           and
           she
           was
           fit
           for
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           we
           had
           done
           sooner
           had
           not
           wet
           weather
           hindred
           us
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Thursd.
           After
           we
           had
           sent
           away
           our
           Prisoners
           ,
           we
           fell
           down
           with
           our
           Ship
           to
           the
           Isle
           of
           Cavalla
           ,
           where
           we
           
           lay
           filling
           Water
           till
           Sunday
           following
           .
        
         
           On
           
             Saturday
             Iacobus
             Marquess
          
           our
           Truchman
           or
           Interpreter
           ,
           and
           an
           Indian
           Boy
           ran
           away
           from
           us
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           ;
           this
           person
           was
           a
           Dutchman
           ,
           who
           was
           a
           good
           Linguist
           ,
           and
           left
           behind
           him
           2200
           ps
           .
           ●
           .
           besides
           Jewels
           and
           Goods
           :
           But
           we
           had
           one
           Mr.
           Ringrose
           with
           us
           ,
           who
           was
           both
           an
           ingenious
           man
           ,
           and
           spake
           very
           well
           several
           Languages
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Sund.
           We
           weighed
           from
           Cavalla
           ,
           and
           fell
           down
           to
           Tortuga
           :
           North
           from
           this
           Isle
           lyes
           a
           parcel
           of
           Rocks
           like
           a
           Church
           with
           a
           Steeple
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Mond
           .
           We
           weighed
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           little
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           31.
           
           Tuesd.
           Very
           little
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
             Cape
             Blanco
          
           at
           12
           a
           Clock
           bears
           North
           3.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           Iune
           
           the
           1.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           have
           run
           13.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           Latitude
           10.
           
           Degr.
           26.
           
           Min.
           
        
         
           2.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             W.
          
           and
           got
           a
           little
           to
           the
           Westward
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Frid.
           This
           Morning
           debating
           the
           thing
           in
           Council
           ,
           and
           our
           mens
           running
           away
           being
           maturely
           considered
           ,
           
           we
           judged
           we
           should
           be
           discryed
           at
           Rehela
           ,
           
           which
           was
           the
           place
           we
           were
           designed
           for
           ;
           we
           therefore
           bore
           up
           the
           Helm
           ,
           and
           stood
           to
           the
           Eastward
           ,
           to
           look
           an
           Harbour
           to
           lay
           our
           Ship
           on
           Shoar
           ;
           for
           all
           this
           while
           we
           had
           not
           cleaned
           her
           bottom
           .
           Latitude
           9.
           
           Degr.
           56.
           
           Min.
           
        
         
           4.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           20
           Leagues
           East
           by
           South
           ,
           Latitude
           9.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           
             W.
             N.
             W.
             East
          
           18.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           7
           Leagues
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           The
           Isle
           Caynia
           bears
           
             S.
             E.
          
           by
           E.
           5
           Leagues
           distance
           ,
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           to
           
             N.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           6.
           
           Mund.
           These
           24
           hours
           we
           had
           very
           much
           Rain
           ,
           we
           lay
           by
           all
           Sunday
           Night
           for
           the
           Gulf
           of
           Dulcia
           ;
           and
           this
           Evening
           we
           got
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           Gulf
           ,
           in
           13.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           South
           ,
           and
           much
           Rain
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           sent
           our
           Canoe
           up
           the
           Gulf
           ,
           to
           look
           a
           place
           to
           lay
           our
           Ship
           on
           Shoar
           in
           ,
           but
           they
           found
           none
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           We
           weighed
           our
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           sailed
           three
           Leagues
           higher
           up
           the
           Gulf
           ,
           then
           sent
           our
           Canoe
           and
           
           Bark
           up
           before
           the
           Ship
           :
           The
           Canoe
           going
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           took
           an
           Indian
           Man
           and
           two
           Boyes
           ,
           and
           brought
           them
           on
           Board
           .
           Here
           finding
           a
           place
           for
           our
           purpose
           ,
           we
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           24
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           close
           by
           the
           Shoar
           ;
           and
           rainy
           weather
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           halled
           our
           Ship
           near
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           and
           mored
           her
           ;
           and
           some
           of
           us
           built
           an
           House
           ,
           while
           others
           landed
           our
           Goods
           with
           all
           expedition
           ;
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Frid.
           Here
           we
           lay
           till
           Munday
           the
           13.
           which
           Night
           had
           like
           to
           have
           proved
           fatal
           to
           us
           ,
           for
           our
           Cable
           gave
           way
           ,
           and
           our
           Ship
           went
           ashoar
           ,
           that
           we
           almost
           despaired
           of
           saving
           her
           ;
           but
           having
           many
           Hands
           ,
           we
           shoared
           her
           pretty
           upright
           ,
           and
           on
           Wednesd
           .
           the
           15.
           got
           her
           off
           again
           ,
           without
           much
           damage
           :
           here
           we
           continued
           until
           Thursday
           the
           23.
           
        
         
           23.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           day
           having
           cleaned
           our
           Ship
           and
           Bark
           ,
           and
           gave
           them
           a
           Coat
           of
           Tallow
           ,
           we
           weighed
           and
           intended
           to
           have
           gone
           a
           League
           higher
           ,
           but
           it
           proving
           little
           Wind
           ,
           we
           had
           like
           to
           have
           drove
           out
           at
           the
           Gulfs
           mouth
           .
        
         
         
           24.
           
           Frid.
           We
           got
           up
           to
           the
           Watering
           place
           ;
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           began
           to
           fill
           our
           Water
           ,
           and
           left
           our
           Bark
           with
           some
           Hands
           cutting
           Wood
           where
           we
           cleaned
           our
           Ship.
           
        
         
           26.
           
           Sund.
           and
           27.
           
           Mund.
           These
           days
           we
           made
           an
           end
           of
           filling
           our
           Water
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           a
           mile
           below
           the
           Bark
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           weighed
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           with
           much
           Rain
           .
           This
           Gulf
           of
           Dulcia
           has
           plenty
           of
           Wood
           and
           Water
           ,
           store
           of
           Fish
           ,
           is
           very
           bold
           ,
           and
           void
           of
           all
           danger
           but
           what
           is
           in
           fight
           .
        
         
           It
           has
           an
           Island
           on
           the
           North
           Shoar
           ,
           which
           makes
           a
           good
           Harbour
           :
           it
           lyes
           in
           8.
           
           Degr.
           30.
           
           M.
           and
           is
           6.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
          
           from
           Point
           Berica
           ,
           which
           Point
           is
           high
           ,
           with
           a
           low
           tract
           of
           Land
           running
           into
           the
           Sea
           with
           a
           small
           Cape
           ,
           a
           little
           distance
           from
           it
           ;
           at
           the
           West
           side
           of
           the
           Gulf
           lye
           two
           small
           Rocks
           close
           to
           the
           West
           Point
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           Very
           much
           Rain
           all
           Day
           ,
           at
           6.
           a
           Clock
           Point
           Berica
           bears
           
             N.
             E.
          
           5.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
         
           30.
           
           Thursd.
           
           We
           have
           run
           25.
           
           Leag
           .
           South
           ,
           the
           Wind
           W.
           Cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           Iuly
           
           the
           1.
           
           We
           have
           run
           17.
           
           Leag
           .
           South
           ,
           Latitude
           6.
           
           Degr.
           13.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           West
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           have
           run
           8.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           5.
           
           Degr.
           35.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           3.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           run
           28.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           4.
           
           Degr.
           23.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           Here
           we
           had
           plenty
           of
           Dolphins
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           run
           23.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           3.
           
           Degr.
           14.
           
           Minutes
           .
           little
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           to
           
             W.
             N.
             W.
          
           fresh
           gales
           .
           East
           23.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           run
           21.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           2.
           
           Degr.
           30.
           
           Min.
           little
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           This
           day
           we
           made
           the
           Isle
           of
           Galloe
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Wedn.
           We
           plyed
           to
           windward
           under
           the
           Shoar
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Thursd.
           This
           Morning
           we
           weathered
           the
           Point
           of
           Manglas
           ,
           as
           the
           Spaniards
           call
           it
           ,
           which
           is
           no
           more
           than
           a
           Point
           of
           high
           Mangrows
           .
           To
           windward
           of
           it
           is
           a
           small
           Bay.
           
        
         
         
           8.
           
           Frid.
           We
           kept
           plying
           to
           windward
           ,
           along
           Shoar
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           kept
           plying
           along
           Shoar
           ,
           and
           got
           under
           the
           high
           Land
           ,
           to
           the
           Eastward
           of
           Cape
           Franco
           ,
           which
           makes
           with
           White
           and
           Redish
           Cliffs
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Sund.
           This
           Morning
           we
           saw
           a
           Sail
           6.
           
           Leagues
           to
           Windward
           of
           us
           ,
           and
           about
           7.
           at
           Night
           came
           up
           with
           him
           ,
           so
           we
           made
           sail
           to
           get
           under
           the
           Cape
           with
           our
           Prize
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Mund.
           We
           made
           the
           best
           of
           our
           way
           to
           get
           under
           the
           Cape
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           day
           we
           got
           to
           an
           anchor
           under
           the
           Cape
           ,
           about
           2.
           
           Leagues
           from
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           in
           6.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           ,
           stiff
           sandy
           Ground
           ;
           to
           the
           Eastward
           of
           this
           Cape
           lyes
           the
           River
           of
           S.
           Matthias
           ,
           where
           live
           several
           Indians
           ,
           Negroes
           ,
           and
           Creolians
           ,
           which
           are
           a
           mungrel
           breed
           of
           Spaniards
           and
           Indians
           mixt
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Wednes
           .
           and
           14.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           began
           to
           rummage
           our
           Prize
           ,
           which
           was
           loaden
           with
           Cocoa
           ,
           and
           some
           Plate
           .
           On
           Thursday
           we
           cut
           away
           her
           Main-Mast
           ,
           and
           turned
           her
           before
           the
           Wind
           for
           Pa●ama
           ,
           it
           being
           but
           requisite
           that
           a
           light
           Ship
           should
           have
           
           less
           sail
           ;
           we
           put
           her
           not
           out
           of
           her
           Road
           neither
           ,
           but
           sent
           her
           to
           proceed
           on
           her
           Voyage
           she
           was
           bound
           for
           ,
           which
           was
           for
           Panama
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Sund.
           This
           Night
           our
           small
           Canoe
           broke
           loose
           ,
           but
           we
           got
           her
           again
           next
           Morning
           .
           As
           they
           rowed
           along
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           they
           saw
           an
           Indian
           Man
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           pursue
           him
           ,
           for
           want
           of
           Arms.
           
        
         
           After
           they
           came
           on
           Board
           we
           manned
           both
           our
           Canoes
           ,
           and
           went
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           where
           we
           found
           a
           delicate
           fresh
           water
           River
           ;
           so
           we
           sent
           thither
           our
           Bark
           and
           Canoes
           to
           fill
           Water
           ,
           which
           took
           up
           our
           time
           till
           Tuesday
           ,
           when
           they
           came
           on
           Board
           ;
           after
           we
           had
           unloaden
           the
           Bark
           ,
           we
           sunk
           her
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Wedn.
           This
           Morning
           we
           weighed
           ,
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           the
           VVind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           Very
           hazy
           weather
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Thursd.
           VVe
           plyed
           to
           windward
           ,
           VVind
           at
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           
             S.
             W.
          
           cloudy
           weather
           ,
           with
           drisling
           Rain
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Frid.
           This
           24
           Hours
           we
           had
           a
           great
           S.
           W.
           Sea
           ,
           the
           VVind
           shifting
           from
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           out
           of
           sight
           of
           Land.
           
        
         
         
           23.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           day
           we
           came
           in
           sight
           of
           Cape
           Saint
           Francisco
           ,
           the
           Wind
           between
           
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           S.
           hazy
           weather
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Sund.
           These
           24.
           hours
           we
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             W.
          
           thick
           hazy
           weather
           with
           drisling
           Rain
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Mund.
           These
           24
           hours
           we
           h●d
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           After
           we
           had
           weathered
           the
           Cape
           to
           the
           Southward
           ,
           is
           a
           great
           Bay
           ,
           then
           a
           high
           land
           ,
           but
           not
           so
           high
           as
           the
           Cape
           ,
           Latitude
           0.
           
           Degr.
           34.
           
           Min.
           North.
           
        
         
           26.
           
           Tuesd.
           The
           Wind
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             W.
          
           we
           got
           within
           6.
           
           Leagues
           of
           Cape
           Passado
           .
           To
           the
           
             N.
             E.
          
           of
           this
           Cape
           is
           high
           Land
           ,
           with
           white
           Cliffs
           like
           those
           of
           Beachy
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Wedn.
           In
           the
           Morning
           we
           saw
           a
           Sail
           close
           by
           the
           Shoar
           ;
           so
           we
           gave
           her
           chase
           ,
           she
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           most
           of
           the
           people
           got
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           but
           we
           followed
           them
           ,
           and
           took
           them
           all
           but
           a
           Fryer
           and
           four
           Negroes
           ,
           who
           made
           their
           escape
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           day
           we
           sent
           them
           for
           Panama
           ,
           from
           whence
           they
           came
           bound
           for
           Payta
           ,
           with
           advice
           from
           Old
           Spain
           .
           At
           Payta
           they
           always
           land
           ther
           Pacquets
           ,
           
           to
           be
           sent
           to
           the
           City
           of
           Lyma
           .
           Next
           day
           we
           turned
           her
           away
           ,
           and
           plyed
           to
           windward
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           29.
           
           Frid.
           This
           day
           we
           saw
           a
           Sail
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           short
           time
           came
           up
           with
           her
           ,
           the
           Spaniard
           began
           to
           fire
           some
           small
           Arms
           at
           us
           ,
           but
           our
           way
           being
           to
           come
           Board
           and
           Board
           ,
           and
           never
           to
           fire
           a
           Shot
           at
           randome
           ,
           when
           we
           came
           up
           close
           with
           her
           ,
           we
           warmed
           their
           Decks
           so
           that
           they
           soon
           struck
           ,
           and
           called
           for
           Quarter
           ;
           but
           the
           Captain
           was
           killed
           first
           ,
           and
           one
           Man
           more
           ,
           and
           several
           others
           wounded
           .
        
         
           On
           Saturd
           .
           we
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           under
           Cape
           Passado
           ,
           in
           14.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           .
           The
           Prize
           was
           loaden
           with
           Wine
           ,
           Brandy
           ,
           Oyl
           ,
           and
           Fruit
           ,
           and
           670.
           
           Piggs
           of
           Metal
           ,
           which
           we
           (
           such
           was
           our
           dulness
           )
           supposed
           to
           be
           Tin.
           All
           the
           Arguments
           some
           of
           us
           could
           use
           ,
           would
           not
           perswade
           our
           Captain
           and
           rest
           of
           our
           men
           to
           take
           them
           in
           ;
           only
           one
           was
           brought
           away
           to
           make
           Bullets
           ;
           part
           of
           which
           we
           gave
           to
           a
           Bristol
           Man
           ,
           being
           about
           a
           third
           part
           of
           a
           Pigg
           ,
           when
           we
           came
           to
           Anteg●
           ,
           and
           he
           sold
           it
           at
           Bristol
           for
           75.
           l.
           Sterl
           .
           for
           it
           was
           Silver
           ,
           though
           not
           refined
           
           to
           the
           purity
           it
           should
           have
           been
           .
        
         
           On
           Sund.
           Night
           the
           Men
           positively
           resusing
           to
           take
           in
           those
           Piggs
           ,
           we
           turned
           away
           to
           Sea
           our
           Prize
           ,
           that
           might
           have
           sufficiently
           enriched
           us
           all
           ,
           and
           having
           stored
           our selves
           with
           Wine
           and
           Brandy
           ,
           and
           considering
           our
           small
           number
           of
           Men
           left
           ,
           and
           good
           stock
           of
           Provisions
           ,
           we
           thought
           it
           best
           to
           return
           home
           with
           what
           Booty
           we
           had
           ;
           not
           over
           Land
           as
           our
           Comrades
           had
           done
           ,
           but
           round
           by
           the
           streights
           of
           Magellan
           :
           So
           on
           Wedn.
           Morning
           we
           weighed
           ,
           and
           stood
           to
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           
        
         
           August
           
           4.
           
           We
           keep
           plying
           to
           Windward
           ,
           the
           Wind
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             W.
          
           very
           fresh
           gales
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Frid.
           We
           had
           fresh
           gales
           at
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           very
           cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Saturd
           .
           We
           had
           small
           gales
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             S.
             W.
             Monte
             a
             Christo
          
           bears
           S.
           10.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Sund.
           The
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             S.
             W.
          
           small
           gales
           and
           a
           le-ward
           Currant
           that
           we
           have
           got
           nothing
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Mund.
           A
           strong
           leward
           Currant
           ,
           and
           smal
           Winds
           that
           we
           could
           get
           nothing
           .
        
         
         
           9.
           
           Tues
           .
           
           We
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             W.
          
           little
           Wind
           :
           But
           at
           10
           in
           the
           Day
           ,
           it
           came
           to
           W.
           and
           blowed
           very
           hard
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           usual
           Course
           ;
           we
           are
           in
           sight
           of
           Manta
           about
           3.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           ,
           a
           strong
           Currant
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Wednes
           .
           The
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           in
           the
           Morning
           we
           had
           moderate
           gales
           ,
           so
           we
           kept
           our
           own
           with
           Mata
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           and
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           moderate
           gales
           :
           Now
           the
           Currant
           sets
           as
           strong
           to
           windward
           as
           it
           did
           to
           leward
           .
           Cape
           Lawrence
           bears
           East
           ,
           1
           League
           distance
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Frid.
           This
           Morning
           we
           got
           to
           an
           Anchor
           at
           the
           Isle
           of
           Plate
           ,
           where
           we
           lay
           refreshing
           our selves
           till
           Tuesday
           the
           16.
           
           It
           is
           high
           table
           Land
           ,
           being
           level
           at
           the
           top
           ;
           there
           is
           pretty
           plenty
           of
           Wood
           ,
           Goats
           ,
           and
           Fish
           ,
           but
           no
           Water
           ,
           good
           anchorage
           in
           a
           sandy
           Bay
           ,
           next
           the
           Main
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           set
           Sail
           about
           2.
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           17.
           
           Wednes
           .
           and
           18.
           
           Thursd.
           Little
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           
             S.
             W.
          
           we
           got
           into
           Sancta
           Hellena
           Bay
           ;
           the
           Currant
           setting
           to
           windward
           under
           the
           Shoar
           .
        
         
         
           19.
           
           Frid.
           We
           had
           very
           moderate
           Winds
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           but
           a
           very
           great
           Southern
           Sea
           ,
           Point
           Hellena
           bears
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           
        
         
           20.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Moderate
           gales
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           and
           S.
           in
           the
           Night
           Sa●cta
           Hellena
           bore
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           3
           Leagues
           distance
           ;
           this
           Day
           at
           12.
           it
           bore
           
             East
             ●
          
           .
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Sund.
           We
           have
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           S.
           to
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           moderate
           gales
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Mund.
           We
           have
           had
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             W.
          
           moderate
           gales
           :
           This
           Morning
           we
           made
           the
           South
           Shoar
           ,
           of
           Wy●●●e
           Bay.
           
        
         
           23.
           
           Tuesd.
           We
           have
           kept
           plying
           to
           windward
           under
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           the
           VVind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           24.
           
           Wedn.
           VVe
           have
           had
           the
           VVind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           very
           fresh
           ,
           in
           Latitude
           4.
           
           Degr.
           11.
           
           Min.
           S.
           
             Cape
             Blanko
          
           bears
           
             S.
             E.
          
           by
           E.
           3.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Thurs.
           The
           VVind
           came
           to
           S.
           and
           
             S.
             E.
          
           very
           fresh
           gales
           that
           we
           have
           weathered
           the
           Cape
           7
           Leagues
           .
           Cold
           cloudy
           weather
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Frid.
           VVe
           keep
           plying
           to
           windward
           under
           the
           Shoar
           ;
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           ,
           VVind
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           
        
         
         
           27.
           
           Saturd
           .
           VVe
           keep
           plying
           to
           windward
           ,
           the
           VVind
           from
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             E.
          
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           .
           At
           one
           of
           the
           Clock
           we
           made
           the
           high
           Land
           to
           windward
           of
           Payta
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Sund.
           This
           Morning
           we
           ran
           into
           Payta
           Bay
           with
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           manned
           2.
           
           Canoes
           with
           32.
           
           Men
           to
           go
           on
           Shoar
           ▪
           but
           were
           descryed
           upon
           the
           Coast
           ,
           and
           they
           provided
           so
           well
           against
           us
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           madness
           to
           land
           .
           Their
           numbers
           of
           Horse
           and
           Foot
           upon
           the
           Bay
           ,
           prevented
           our
           running
           into
           further
           danger
           ▪
           so
           we
           returned
           on
           Board
           our
           Ship
           ,
           and
           sailed
           away
           to
           Sea.
           
        
         
           29.
           
           Mund.
           At
           6.
           a
           Clock
           the
           high
           Land
           of
           Payta
           bears
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           10.
           
           Leag
           .
           distance
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Tuesd.
           These
           24.
           hours
           we
           had
           the
           VVind
           at
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           :
           We
           have
           run
           West
           five
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           31.
           
           Wedn.
           VVe
           had
           fair
           weather
           and
           a
           good
           observation
           ▪
           Latitude
           6.
           
           Degr.
           32.
           
           Min.
           by
           our
           account
           we
           are
           departed
           from
           the
           Meridian
           of
           Payta
           26
           Leagues
           West
           .
        
         
           September
           
           1.
           
           VVe
           have
           run
           8
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           7.
           
           Degr.
           38.
           
           Min
           ,
           cloudy
           
           weather
           ,
           
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             S.
             W.
             West
          
           34.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Frid.
           Latitude
           7.
           
           Degr.
           29.
           
           Min.
           11.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           Our
           Westing
           is
           45.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Latitude
           8.
           
           Degr.
           17.
           
           Min.
           16.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           .
           West
           61.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Sund.
           16.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Lat.
           9.
           
           Degr.
           18.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           77.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Mund.
           19
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           10.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           cloudy
           weather
           ,
           and
           hard
           flaws
           of
           Wind.
           West
           96.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Tuesd.
           15.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           11.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           West
           111.
           
           Leag
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Wednes
           .
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           30.
           
           Min.
           moderate
           gales
           .
           West
           121.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Thursd.
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Lat.
           14.
           
           Degr.
           42.
           
           Min.
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           West
           131.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Frid.
           8.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           15.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           139.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Saturday
           .
           19.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           16.
           
           Degrees
           25.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           
           clear
           weather
           .
           West
           158.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Sund.
           5.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           16.
           
           Degr.
           58.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           and
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           a
           great
           Southern
           Sea
           ,
           that
           we
           went
           with
           our
           Main-Top-Sail
           furled
           ,
           and
           Sprit-Sail
           reifed
           .
           West
           163.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Mund.
           Still
           a
           great
           Sea
           ,
           and
           we
           went
           with
           our
           low-Sails
           to
           ease
           our
           Ship
           ,
           Latitude
           17.
           
           Degr.
           17.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           13.
           
           Leag●es
           
             West
             .
             West
          
           176.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Tuesd.
           A
           great
           Sea
           ,
           and
           hard
           gale
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           Latitude
           .
           18.
           
           Degr.
           5.
           
           Min.
           West
           16.
           
           Leagues
           .
           West
           192.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Wedn.
           12.
           
           Leagues
           West
           Latitude
           18.
           
           Degr.
           59.
           
           Min.
           hard
           gales
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           and
           a
           great
           Sea.
           West
           204.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Thursd.
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           19.
           
           Degr.
           56.
           
           Min.
           moderate
           gales
           .
           West
           214.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Frid.
           6.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           20
           ▪
           Degrees
           44.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           the
           Wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           .
           West
           220.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Sat.
           Little
           Wind
           ,
           We
           have
           run
           but
           one
           League
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           20
           ,
           
           Degrees
           55.
           
           Minutes
           .
           West
           221.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Sund.
           13.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           21.
           
           Degr.
           23.
           
           Min.
           fair
           weather
           the
           Wind
           from
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           234.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Mund.
           12.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           22.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           .
           West
           246.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Tuesd.
           8.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           23.
           
           Degr.
           23.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           .
           254.
           
           Leagues
           West
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Wedn.
           7.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           24.
           
           Degr.
           44.
           
           Min.
           Wind.
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             S.
             E.
          
           squalls
           of
           Wind
           and
           Rain
           .
           West
           261.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Thursd.
           The
           Wind
           at
           East
           ,
           we
           steered
           Latitude
           26.
           
           Degr.
           14.
           
           Min.
           
        
         
           23.
           
           Frid.
           We
           have
           run
           South
           Latitude
           27.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Latitude
           28.
           
           Degr.
           49.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Sund.
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           59.
           
           Min.
           cloudy
           weather
           ,
           here
           we
           allow
           20.
           
           Leagues
           from
           our
           departure
           for
           a
           
             N.
             W.
          
           Currant
           ,
           which
           makes
           me
           281
           Leagues
           to
           the
           Westward
           of
           Payta
           .
        
         
         
           26.
           
           Mund.
           24.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           31.
           
           Degr.
           11.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           N.
           East
           24.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Tuesd.
           23.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           32.
           
           Degr.
           23.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           
             N.
             W.
          
           fair
           weather
           ,
           East
           47.
           
           Leag
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Wedn.
           23.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           33.
           
           Degr.
           21.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           N.
           all
           day
           ,
           at
           Night
           it
           came
           to
           
             S.
             W.
          
           in
           a
           gust
           ,
           and
           blowed
           very
           hard
           with
           small
           Rain
           .
           East
           70.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Thursd.
           21.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           34.
           
           Degr.
           25.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             W.
             N.
             W.
          
           gusty
           weather
           .
           East
           91.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Fri.
           18.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           35.
           
           Degr.
           46.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
          
           a
           great
           Sea.
           East
           109.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           October
           
           1.
           8.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           36.
           
           Degr.
           50.
           
           Min.
           Wind.
           
             N.
             VV.
          
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           117.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Sund.
           18.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           38.
           
           Degr.
           12.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             W.
             N.
             W.
          
           squally
           .
           East
           135.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Mund.
           15.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           39.
           
           Degr.
           21.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
          
           to
           
             S.
             VV.
          
           in
           the
           Night
           we
           had
           a
           hard
           gust
           at
           
             VV.
             S.
             VV.
          
           close
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           East
           150.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           4.
           
           Tuesd.
           
           16.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           41.
           
           Degr.
           18.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
             East
          
           166.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           VVedn
           .
           14.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           43.
           
           Degr.
           15.
           
           Min.
           fresh
           Winds
           .
           East●80
           ●80
           .
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Thursd.
           22.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           44.
           
           Degr.
           57.
           
           Min.
           hard
           gales
           at
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
          
           thick
           weather
           ,
           with
           rain
           :
           we
           went
           with
           a
           fore
           coarse
           only
           .
           East
           202.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Frid.
           13.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latit
           .
           45.
           
           Degr.
           55.
           
           Min.
           hard
           gales
           at
           N.
           W.
           and
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
          
           with
           thick
           drisling
           Rain
           ,
           under
           a
           fore
           coarse
           .
           East
           215.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Saturd
           .
           11.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           by
           judgment
           ,
           Latitude
           46.
           
           Degrees
           46.
           
           Min.
           very
           hard
           gales
           at
           VV.
           by
           N.
           at
           eight
           of
           the
           Clock
           we
           laid
           our
           Ship
           by
           ,
           under
           a
           Mizon
           ,
           ballanced
           ;
           but
           the
           Wind
           came
           on
           so
           fier●e
           that
           it
           blew
           away
           our
           Mizon
           ,
           so
           we
           veered
           out
           two
           Ha●sers
           on
           an
           end
           made
           fast
           to
           a
           Spareyard
           ,
           and
           a
           quoile
           of
           old
           Rope
           ,
           and
           kept
           our
           Ships
           Head
           to
           the
           Sea.
           East
           226.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Sund.
           The
           Wind
           somewhat
           abated
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           suffer
           a
           Mizon
           ballanced
           ,
           
           but
           a
           very
           grown
           Sea
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           47.
           
           Degrees
           1.
           
           Minute
           East
           ,
           7.
           
           Leagues
           .
           East
           233.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Afternoon
           when
           the
           fierceness
           of
           the
           storm
           was
           overblown
           ,
           we
           got
           in
           our
           drudge
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Mund.
           12.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           47.
           
           Degrees
           58.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           wind
           from
           
             N.
             VV.
          
           to
           
             S.
             VV.
          
           hard
           gales
           ,
           with
           very
           much
           Rain
           .
           East
           245.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Tuesd.
           18.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           49.
           
           Degrees
           52.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           a
           very
           hard
           gale
           of
           Wind
           at
           N.
           to
           
             N.
             E.
             East
          
           263.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           49.
           
           Degrees
           59.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           a
           hard
           gale
           of
           Wind
           ,
           we
           under
           a
           main
           coarse
           .
           This
           Morning
           at
           four
           of
           the
           Clock
           ,
           we
           made
           land
           ,
           it
           was
           very
           high
           and
           mountainous
           Land
           ;
           at
           break
           of
           day
           we
           saw
           a
           Showle
           to
           Windward
           of
           us
           ,
           which
           by
           Gods
           providence
           we
           sell
           to
           Leward
           of
           in
           the
           Night
           ,
           our
           Ship
           staying
           three
           times
           under
           a
           Main
           Coarse
           ,
           or
           else
           we
           had
           been
           certainly
           upon
           it
           .
           In
           the
           Day
           the
           Wi●d
           a
           little
           abating
           ,
           we
           set
           our
           Fore-Sail
           ,
           
           and
           two
           Top
           Sails
           ,
           and
           stood
           in
           for
           the
           Shoar
           ;
           and
           seeing
           an
           opening
           ,
           sent
           our
           Canoes
           in
           before
           the
           Ship
           ,
           and
           found
           a
           very
           smooth
           place
           to
           anchor
           in
           ,
           but
           deep
           Water
           :
           so
           we
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           45.
           
           Fathom
           Water
           .
           At
           going
           in
           ,
           one
           of
           our
           Men
           fell
           out
           of
           the
           Sprit
           Sail-Top
           ,
           and
           was
           drowned
           ;
           his
           name
           was
           
             Henry
             Shergall
          
           .
           In
           the
           Night
           our
           Cable
           cut
           with
           the
           Rocks
           ,
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           look
           for
           a
           better
           Harbour
           ,
           which
           finding
           ,
           we
           got
           our
           Ship
           in
           ,
           and
           mored
           her
           to
           the
           Shoar
           with
           Hassers
           ,
           and
           laid
           two
           Anchors
           out
           ,
           which
           were
           all
           we
           had
           left
           .
        
         
           Here
           we
           lay
           till
           Saturday
           ,
           at
           which
           time
           our
           Ship
           brake
           loose
           ,
           and
           her
           Stern
           grounded
           upon
           a
           Rock
           ,
           which
           unshipt
           our
           Rudder
           ,
           bowed
           three
           Pintels
           ,
           and
           broke
           the
           Goose-Neck
           .
           About
           eight
           at
           Night
           we
           got
           her
           off
           ,
           and
           mored
           her
           the
           second
           time
           .
        
         
           On
           Monday
           we
           had
           a
           hard
           gust
           of
           Wind
           with
           Snow
           ,
        
         
           On
           Tuesday
           we
           had
           good
           weather
           ,
           and
           we
           observed
           with
           our
           Astrolabes
           Latitude
           50.
           
           Degr.
           37.
           
           Min.
           
        
         
           On
           Friday
           it
           rained
           with
           hard
           flaws
           of
           Wind
           ,
           at
           
             N.
             VV.
          
           
        
         
         
           It
           hailed
           and
           rained
           with
           hard
           gusts
           of
           Wind
           from
           Saturday
           to
           Thursday
           ,
           the
           27.
           at
           whichtime
           ,
           it
           being
           pretty
           fair
           weather
           ,
           our
           Canoe
           went
           out
           a
           fowling
           ,
           and
           found
           a
           Canoe
           with
           3
           Indians
           in
           it
           ;
           who
           being
           near
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           one
           of
           them
           got
           away
           ,
           another
           was
           shot
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           taken
           and
           brought
           on
           Board
           ;
           but
           we
           could
           not
           understand
           him
           ,
           only
           perceived
           he
           used
           to
           eat
           raw
           Flesh
           and
           Fish.
           
        
         
           On
           Friday
           our
           Canoe
           went
           to
           see
           it
           they
           could
           find
           any
           more
           Indians
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           help
           of
           our
           new
           Prisoner
           found
           several
           of
           their
           Houses
           ,
           but
           the
           Inhabitants
           were
           all
           fled
           ,
           and
           their
           Goods
           with
           them
           ,
           if
           they
           had
           any
           ;
           so
           we
           came
           on
           Board
           without
           any
           further
           discovery
           .
        
         
           November
           
           1.
           
           The
           Month
           and
           Weather
           changed
           together
           ;
           so
           having
           fair
           weather
           we
           got
           up
           our
           Top-Masts
           ,
           and
           bent
           our
           Sails
           :
           And
           on
           Friday
           the
           4
           ,
           we
           cast
           off
           our
           shoar
           Fass
           ,
           and
           halled
           to
           our
           Anchors
           ,
           and
           on
           Saturday
           went
           to
           Sea
           ,
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             VV.
          
           and
           
             VV.
             N.
             VV.
          
           hard
           gales
           of
           Wind.
           
        
         
           5.
           
           To
           this
           place
           we
           gave
           the
           name
           of
           the
           
             Duke
             of
          
           York's
           Island
           ;
           we
           suppose
           
           it
           to
           be
           a
           knot
           of
           Islands
           like
           that
           of
           Bermudas
           .
           
           While
           we
           stayed
           here
           we
           spent
           little
           of
           our
           dry
           Provisions
           ,
           but
           one
           half
           of
           our
           Ships
           company
           went
           on
           Shoar
           one
           day
           to
           gather
           Lympets
           and
           Muscles
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           half
           the
           next
           ;
           thus
           we
           lived
           with
           now
           and
           then
           some
           Geese
           ,
           Ducks
           ,
           and
           Penguins
           ,
           which
           we
           thought
           good
           Fare
           ,
           and
           were
           very
           well
           content
           with
           it
           .
           This
           place
           is
           in
           50.
           
           Degrees
           37.
           
           Minutes
           S.
           Latitude
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           S●nd
           .
           Since
           our
           coming
           to
           Sea
           ,
           we
           have
           run
           15.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           L●titude
           5●
           .
           Degr.
           34.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             W.
          
           
        
         
           7.
           
           Mund.
           16.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           52.
           
           Degr.
           9.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
          
           and
           
             N.
             W.
          
           good
           weather
           .
           west
           31.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Tuesd.
           These
           24
           hours
           we
           have
           run
           16.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           in
           Latitude
           53.
           
           Degr.
           27
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
          
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           16.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           18.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           53.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           Wind.
           N.
           East
           ,
           34.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Thursd.
           A
           very
           hard
           storm
           of
           Wind
           ,
           sometimes
           under
           a
           M●zon
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           a
           Hull
           .
        
         
         
           11.
           
           Frid.
           The
           storm
           continued
           from
           
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           N.
           with
           Rain
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Saturd
           .
           Fine
           moderate
           weather
           ,
           and
           a
           good
           observation
           ,
           Latitude
           53.
           
           Degr.
           27.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           continuing
           at
           
             N.
             E.
          
           we
           were
           quite
           our
           of
           all
           hopes
           of
           recovering
           the
           Streights
           of
           Magellan
           ,
           or
           Le
           Maire
           ;
           so
           that
           we
           were
           forced
           to
           bear
           up
           the
           Helm
           ,
           to
           seek
           for
           a
           passage
           further
           South
           .
           Here
           is
           a
           great
           S.
           W.
           Current
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Sund.
           Lat.
           57.
           
           Degr.
           o
           ,
           Min.
           great
           Currents
           .
           Variation
           14.
           
           Degr.
           East
           18.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Mund.
           22.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           57.
           
           Degr.
           43.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           W.
           East
           43.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Tuesd.
           28.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           58.
           
           Degr.
           19.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           N.
           to
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
          
           very
           cold
           ,
           with
           Snow
           and
           Rain
           .
           East
           71.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Wedn.
           26.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           57.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           S
           ,
           to
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           very
           cold
           freezing
           weather
           .
           East
           97.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Thursd.
           24.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           58.
           
           Degr.
           10.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             vv
          
           .
           This
           Morning
           we
           came
           up
           with
           two
           great
           Islands
           of
           Ice
           ,
           
           one
           about
           three
           Leagues
           long
           ,
           the
           other
           smaller
           ;
           about
           three
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           we
           came
           up
           with
           four
           more
           ,
           but
           not
           so
           big
           :
           clear
           weather
           ,
           but
           freezing
           cold
           .
           We
           find
           by
           this
           observation
           ,
           and
           our
           last
           24
           hours
           run
           ,
           that
           we
           h●ve
           been
           further
           Southerly
           by
           almost
           two
           Degrees
           ,
           than
           our
           computation
           by
           dead
           reckoning
           makes
           out
           ,
           and
           by
           many
           Degrees
           ,
           than
           ever
           any
           others
           have
           sailed
           in
           that
           Sea
           ,
           that
           have
           yet
           been
           heard
           of
           :
           for
           we
           were
           at
           about
           60
           Degrees
           South
           Latitude
           .
           We
           find
           diversity
           of
           Currents
           ,
           but
           have
           not
           Provision
           to
           try
           them
           .
           16.
           
           Degrees
           variation
           .
           East
           121.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Frid.
           25.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Lat.
           by
           judgment
           ,
           57.
           
           Degr.
           25.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           N.
           to
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
             East
          
           146.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Saturd
           .
           20.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           latitude
           57.
           
           Degr.
           25.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           N.
           to
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
          
           snowy
           ,
           cold
           ,
           freezing
           weather
           .
           East
           166.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Sund.
           9.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           57.
           
           Degr.
           13.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           N.
           cold
           ,
           thick
           ,
           foggy
           weather
           .
           This
           Day
           the
           Water
           was
           cnanged
           very
           green
           ,
           like
           a
           River
           .
           East
           175.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           21.
           
           Mund.
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           57.
           
           Degr.
           13.
           
           Min.
           little
           Wind
           at
           N.
           sometimes
           calm
           ,
           very
           green
           Water
           ,
           and
           great
           Sea
           ,
           with
           thick
           foggs
           ,
           East
           180.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Tuesd.
           This
           24
           hours
           ,
           Wind
           at
           E.
           and
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           we
           laid
           our
           Ships
           Head
           to
           the
           Northward
           ,
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Wedn.
           3.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           56.
           
           Degr.
           19.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           round
           the
           compass
           .
           East
           183.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Thursd.
           10.
           
           Leag
           .
           East
           ,
           Lat.
           56.
           
           Degr.
           9.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           shi●ting
           in
           the
           Northern
           board
           .
           East
           193.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Frid.
           13.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           54.
           
           Degr.
           50.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           very
           hard
           gales
           under
           two
           Coarses
           :
           This
           Day
           we
           judged
           we
           saw
           the
           Land
           bear
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
             East
          
           206.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Saturd
           .
           25.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           53.
           
           Degr.
           43.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           blowing
           very
           hard
           with
           Hail
           and
           Snow
           .
           East
           231.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Sund.
           21.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           a
           good
           observation
           ,
           52.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           E.
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           blowing
           hard
           .
           East
           252.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           28.
           
           Mund.
           21.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Lat.
           by
           judgment
           ,
           51.
           
           Degrees
           45.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           273.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Tuesd.
           30.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           49.
           
           Degr.
           41.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           S.
           to
           W.
           fresh
           gales
           ,
           and
           a
           
             N.
             E.
          
           Current
           .
           East
           303.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Wednesd
           .
           30.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           48.
           
           Degr.
           57.
           
           Min.
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           333.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           The
           1.
           of
           December
           
           We
           ran
           9.
           
           Leag
           .
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           48.
           
           Degr.
           35.
           
           Min.
           a
           very
           hard
           gale
           at
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
          
           to
           
             N.
             East
          
           342.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           2.
           
           Frid.
           39.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           47.
           
           Degr.
           35.
           
           Min.
           a
           very
           hard
           gale
           of
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           we
           went
           with
           our
           fore-Course
           reift
           ,
           and
           Sprit-Sail
           ▪
           we
           made
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           381.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Saturd
           .
           31.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           46.
           
           Degr.
           2.
           
           Min.
           hard
           gales
           of
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             W.
          
           we
           went
           with
           our
           Fore-Coarse
           ,
           and
           Fore-Top-sail
           low
           set
           .
           
             East
             41●
          
           .
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Sund.
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           43.
           
           Degr.
           59.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           S.
           to
           
             S.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           ,
           we
           have
           met
           with
           a
           
             N.
             W.
          
           Current
           that
           we
           made
           our
           way
           North.
           
        
         
         
           5.
           
           Mund.
           
           32
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           42.
           
           Degr.
           27.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           pretty
           warm
           weather
           .
           East
           444.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Tuesd.
           33.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           40.
           
           Degr.
           27.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             W.
          
           to
           
             W.
             S.
             W.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           477.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           VVednesd
           .
           27.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           39.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           a
           hard
           gale
           at
           VVest
           ,
           about
           10.
           at
           Night
           it
           came
           to
           
             N.
             VV.
          
           at
           11.
           in
           the
           Day
           it
           came
           to
           W.
           with
           Rain
           ;
           we
           being
           under
           a
           pair
           of
           coarses
           ,
           and
           it
           came
           so
           violently
           with
           a
           hard
           showre
           of
           Rain
           ,
           that
           it
           blew
           both
           our
           Coarses
           away
           .
        
         
           Though
           several
           of
           us
           had
           been
           in
           a
           Hurricane
           in
           the
           
             VVest
             Indies
          
           ,
           yet
           every
           one
           declared
           it
           was
           the
           greatest
           stress
           of
           Wind
           for
           the
           space
           of
           two
           Glasses
           that
           ever
           they
           were
           in
           in
           their
           lives
           .
           East
           504.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Thursd.
           18.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Wind
           at
           W.
           to
           
             N.
             W.
          
           a
           hard
           gale
           under
           a
           fore
           Coarse
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           38.
           
           Degr.
           36.
           
           Min.
           East
           522.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Frid.
           21.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           37.
           
           Degr.
           42.
           
           Min.
           a
           moderate
           gale
           .
           East
           543.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           10.
           
           Saturd
           .
           22.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           37.
           
           Degr.
           11.
           
           Min.
           good
           weather
           ,
           Wind
           
             N.
             W.
          
           to
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
          
           565.
           
           Leagues
           East
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Sund.
           17.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           36.
           
           Degr.
           59.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           from
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           
             N.
             W.
          
           a
           great
           
             S.
             W.
          
           Sea
           ,
           and
           a
           hard
           gale
           .
           East
           .
           582.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Mund.
           13.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           36.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             W.
          
           thick
           foggy
           weather
           .
           East
           595.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Tuesd.
           9.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           35.
           
           Degr.
           41.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           from
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           very
           thick
           weather
           .
           East
           604.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Wedn.
           2.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           34.
           
           Degr.
           29.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             W.
          
           very
           smooth
           Water
           .
           East
           606.
           
           Leag
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Thursd.
           25.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           33.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             N.
             W.
             East
          
           631.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           16.
           
           Frid.
           20.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           32.
           
           Degr.
           5.
           
           Min.
           East
           651.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Saturd
           .
           17.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           31.
           
           Degr.
           2.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             W.
          
           by
           N.
           and
           
             N.
             W.
             East
          
           668.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           18.
           
           Sund.
           14.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           29.
           
           Degr.
           39.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             W.
             N.
             W.
          
           and
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           682.
           
           Leag
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Mund.
           22.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           28.
           
           Degr.
           26
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           W.
           and
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           704.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Tuesd.
           3.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           27.
           
           Degr.
           29.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           .
           East
           707.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Wedn.
           2.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           27.
           
           Degr.
           2.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           ,
           and
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           East
           709.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Thursd.
           We
           have
           lain
           becalmed
           in
           26.
           
           Degr.
           36.
           
           Min.
           by
           observation
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Frid.
           2.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           25.
           
           Degr.
           39.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           good
           weather
           .
           East
           711.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Saturd
           .
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           23.
           
           Degr.
           51.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           
             East
             716
          
           Leag
           .
        
         
           25.
           
           Sund.
           14.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           22.
           
           Degr.
           1.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           E.
           fair
           weather
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           took
           the
           two
           Barks
           at
           Nicoya
           ,
           we
           had
           a
           little
           sucking
           Pigg
           in
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           which
           we
           kept
           on
           Board
           ever
           since
           for
           our
           Christmas
           days
           Dinner
           ,
           
           which
           now
           was
           grown
           to
           be
           a
           large
           Hogg
           ;
           so
           we
           killed
           it
           for
           Dinner
           ,
           but
           thinking
           it
           not
           enough
           for
           us
           all
           ,
           we
           bought
           a
           Spaniel-Dogg
           of
           the
           Quarter-Master
           for
           forty
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           and
           killed
           him
           ;
           so
           with
           the
           Hogg
           and
           the
           Dogg
           ,
           we
           made
           a
           Feast
           ,
           and
           we
           had
           some
           Wine
           left
           ,
           which
           made
           us
           merry
           :
           This
           being
           the
           only
           thing
           we
           had
           eaten
           that
           had
           blood
           in
           it
           since
           our
           departure
           from
           the
           
             Duke
             of
          
           York's
           
             Island
             .
             East
          
           730.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Mund.
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           20.
           
           Degr.
           28
           Min.
           the
           Wind.
           at
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           East
           735.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Tuesd.
           6.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           18.
           
           Degr.
           48.
           
           Min.
           East
           741.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Wednes
           .
           5.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           16.
           
           Degr.
           42.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           fresh
           gales
           .
           East
           746.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           29.
           
           Thursd.
           4.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           14.
           
           Degr.
           26.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
             East
          
           750.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           30.
           
           Frid.
           7.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           12.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             S.
             E.
             East
          
           757.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           31.
           
           Saturd
           .
           
           6.
           
           Leagues
           East
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           10.
           
           Degr.
           20.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           E.
           fair
           weather
           .
           We
           have
           now
           run
           763.
           
           Leagues
           East
           from
           the
           
             Duke
             of
             York's
             Isle
          
           .
        
         
           Ianuary
           
           the
           
             1.
             
             Sund.
          
           We
           have
           run
           33.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           8.
           
           Degr.
           41.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           
        
         
           2.
           
           Mund.
           30.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           6.
           
           Degr.
           7.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           We
           here
           saw
           abundance
           of
           flying
           Fish.
           West
           63.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           3.
           
           Tuesd.
           31.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           4.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             S.
             E.
          
           close
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           West
           94.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           4.
           
           Wedn.
           30.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           judgment
           ,
           3.
           
           Degr.
           3.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           West
           124.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           5.
           
           Thursd.
           28.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           2.
           
           Degr.
           10.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           to
           
             E.
             S.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           West
           152.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           6.
           
           Frid.
           25.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           0.
           
           Degr.
           53.
           
           Min.
           South
           ,
           Wind
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
          
           We
           saw
           here
           abundance
           of
           Fowls
           .
           West
           177.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           7.
           
           Saturd
           .
           25.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           00.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           
           North
           ,
           
           Wind
           at
           
             S.
             S.
             E.
             West
          
           202.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           8.
           
           Sund.
           20.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           1.
           
           Degr.
           33.
           
           Min.
           North
           ,
           Wind
           at
           S.
           small
           gales
           .
           West
           222.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           9.
           
           Mund.
           16.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           2.
           
           Degr.
           45.
           
           Min.
           West
           238.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           10.
           
           Tuesd.
           3.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           3.
           
           Degr.
           17.
           
           Min.
           we
           lay
           becalmed
           most
           part
           of
           this
           24.
           hours
           .
           West
           241.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           11.
           
           Wednes
           .
           11.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           4.
           
           Degr.
           6.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           round
           the
           Compass
           .
           
             West
             252
          
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           12.
           
           Thursd.
           10.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           5.
           
           Degr.
           37.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           262.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           13.
           
           Frid.
           28.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           6.
           
           Degr.
           37.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           290.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           14.
           
           Saturd
           .
           26.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           7.
           
           Degr.
           27.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           and
           
             N.
             E.
          
           fair
           weather
           .
           West
           316.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           15.
           
           Sund.
           28.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           9.
           
           Degr.
           1.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           cloudy
           weather
           .
           West
           344.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
         
           16.
           
           Mund.
           27.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           10.
           
           Degr.
           52.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           a
           great
           Northern
           Sea.
           West
           371.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           17.
           
           Tuesd.
           30.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           12.
           
           Degr
           ,
           17.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
          
           and
           
             N.
             N.
             E.
          
           hazy
           weather
           .
           West
           401.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           18.
           
           Wednes
           .
           42.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           by
           observation
           ,
           13.
           
           Degr.
           17.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           and
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           443.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           19.
           
           Thursd.
           52.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           12.
           
           Degr.
           55.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           and
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           495.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           20.
           
           Frid.
           42.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           4.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           537.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           21.
           
           Saturd
           .
           44.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           7.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           581.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           22.
           
           Sund.
           48.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           15.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           E.
           to
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           629.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           23.
           
           Mund.
           54.
           
           Leagues
           VVest
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           8.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           
             E.
             N.
             E.
          
           clear
           weather
           .
           West
           683.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           24.
           
           Tuesd.
           52.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degrees
           5.
           
           Minutes
           ,
           Wind
           
             N.
             E.
             West
          
           735.
           
           Leag
           .
        
         
         
           25.
           
           Wedn.
           54.
           
           Leag●
           West
           ,
           Lat.
           13.
           
           Degr.
           26.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             E.
          
           hard
           squals
           of
           Wind
           and
           Rain
           .
           
             West
             789
          
           Leag
           .
        
         
           26.
           
           Thursd.
           52.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           12.
           
           Min.
           Wind
           at
           E.
           to
           
             N.
             E.
          
           much
           Rain
           with
           squals
           .
           West
           841.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           27.
           
           Frid.
           56.
           
           Leagues
           West
           ,
           Latitude
           13.
           
           Degr.
           30.
           
           Min.
           the
           Wind
           at
           
             N.
             E.
          
           squally
           weather
           ,
           with
           Rain
           .
           West
           897.
           
           Leagues
           .
        
         
           28.
           
           Saturd
           .
           This
           Morning
           about
           4.
           of
           the
           Clock
           ,
           we
           made
           the
           Island
           of
           Barbados
           ,
           it
           bore
           W.
           by
           S.
           3.
           
           Leagues
           distance
           ;
           but
           we
           fell
           in
           with
           the
           North
           part
           of
           the
           Isle
           .
           This
           was
           the
           first
           Land
           we
           had
           seen
           in
           about
           three
           Months
           time
           ,
           which
           was
           ▪
           from
           our
           leaving
           the
           
             Duke
             of
          
           York's
           Island
           ,
           in
           the
           South
           Sea
           ;
           we
           coming
           a
           Way
           that
           had
           never
           been
           known
           before
           ,
           many
           Degrees
           South
           of
           the
           
             Magellan
             Streights
          
           .
        
         
           From
           Friday
           Noon
           ,
           till
           the
           time
           of
           making
           Land
           ,
           we
           have
           run
           30.
           
           Leagues
           West
           .
           West
           .
           927.
           
           Leagues
           .
           When
           we
           were
           about
           the
           North
           end
           of
           Barbados
           ,
           we
           stood
           in
           for
           Spikes's
           Bay
           ,
           and
           there
           coming
           a
           Boat
           off
           to
           us
           ,
           who
           told
           us
           ,
           they
           belonged
           to
           the
           Richmond
           Frigat
           ,
           
           we
           invited
           them
           on
           Board
           ,
           being
           desirous
           to
           know
           how
           affairs
           stood
           since
           our
           Maritime
           Pilgrimage
           ;
           but
           they
           refusing
           ,
           and
           standing
           in
           to
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           made
           us
           suspect
           ,
           That
           the
           Frigat
           might
           make
           Prize
           of
           us
           ;
           so
           we
           bore
           up
           the
           Helm
           for
           Antego
           ,
           where
           we
           arrived
           the
           31.
           instant
           .
        
         
           Our
           Commander
           sent
           a
           Letter
           to
           the
           Governour
           ,
           and
           a
           Present
           of
           Jewels
           to
           his
           Lady
           :
           But
           the
           Governour
           refusing
           to
           let
           us
           come
           publickly
           on
           Shoar
           for
           common
           refreshment
           ,
           the
           Lady
           returned
           the
           Present
           ;
           so
           we
           gave
           the
           Ship
           to
           7.
           
           Men
           which
           had
           played
           away
           all
           their
           Money
           ,
           and
           every
           Man
           shifted
           for
           himself
           .
           Some
           came
           into
           England
           ,
           others
           went
           to
           
             Iamaica
             ,
             New
             England
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           I
           And
           those
           who
           came
           to
           London
           were
           committed
           by
           his
           Majesties
           Order
           ,
           and
           tryed
           and
           acquitted
           at
           a
           Court
           of
           Admiralty
           ,
           where
           the
           Spanish
           Ambassadour
           was
           Prosecutor
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Captain
           Van
           Horn's
           taking
           of
           la
           Vera
           Cruz.
           
           
        
         
           I
           Thought
           it
           might
           not
           be
           unacceptable
           to
           the
           Reader
           ,
           to
           adjoyn
           this
           account
           from
           Iamaica
           of
           the
           late
           Action
           of
           certain
           Privateers
           under
           command
           of
           Captain
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           ,
           a
           Hollander
           ,
           in
           taking
           of
           
             la
             Vera
             Cruz
          
           ;
           being
           the
           Barrador
           or
           Port
           where
           the
           Spaniards
           land
           their
           Merchandise
           for
           conveyance
           up
           to
           the
           city
           of
           Mexico
           ;
           and
           where
           they
           likewise
           ship
           off
           their
           goods
           on
           board
           the
           Gallions
           for
           Spain
           .
        
         
           Upon
           the
           7.
           day
           of
           April
           1683.
           
           The
           Buccaneers
           had
           a
           rendezvouz
           at
           Cape
           Catroche
           ,
           being
           the
           South
           Cape
           of
           the
           Bay
           of
           Mexico
           with
           this
           force
           following
           ,
        
         
           
             Van
             Horn
             a
             Hollander
          
           ,
           in
           an
           
             English
             Ship
          
           of
           50.
           
           Guns
           ,
           who
           was
           Admiral
           .
        
         
         
           Laurence
           a
           Hollander
           ,
           in
           a
           Prize
           of
           26.
           
           Guns
           ,
           Vice-Admiral
           .
        
         
           Christian
           a
           Hollander
           ,
           in
           
             Van
             Horn's
          
           Patach
           of
           40.
           
           Guns
           .
        
         
           Mitchel
           a
           French-man
           ,
           in
           a
           Prize
           of
           Laurences
           of
           26.
           
           Guns
           .
        
         
           Tanchey
           ,
           a
           Hollander
           ,
           in
           a
           Prize
           of
           16.
           
           Guns
           .
        
         
           Bloat
           a
           Hollander
           ,
           in
           a
           Prize
           of
           8.
           
           Guns
           .
        
         
           
             Iacob
             Hall
          
           ,
           a
           Bermudean
           ,
           in
           a
           small
           Vessel
           of
           8.
           
           Guns
           .
        
         
           Spurre
           ,
           an
           English-man
           ,
           in
           a
           Sloop
           of
           Iamaica
           :
           And
           ,
        
         
           A
           
             Barco
             Longo
          
           of
           Laurences
           .
        
         
           These
           Vessels
           had
           between
           nine
           hundred
           and
           a
           thousand
           men
           ,
           most
           of
           them
           French
           and
           Dutch
           ,
           and
           some
           few
           English
           .
           On
           the
           8
           ▪
           
             day
             of
             May
          
           ,
           they
           came
           on
           the
           Coast
           of
           
             la
             Vera
             Cruz
          
           ,
           and
           lay
           by
           ;
           there
           the
           men
           that
           were
           to
           land
           ,
           were
           put
           on
           Board
           Yanchy
           and
           Christian
           ,
           and
           then
           stood
           off
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           9.
           these
           two
           Ships
           stood
           in
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Night
           the
           Spaniards
           in
           the
           Castle
           and
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           made
           fires
           to
           Pilot
           them
           in
           ,
           supposing
           them
           to
           be
           two
           of
           their
           Flota
           ;
           so
           they
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           ,
           and
           landed
           before
           one
           a
           Clock
           in
           
           the
           Morning
           ,
           about
           two
           Miles
           from
           the
           Town
           ,
           seven
           hundred
           seventy
           and
           four
           Men.
           
        
         
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           had
           the
           Main
           Body
           ,
           as
           General
           ,
           &
           was
           to
           attack
           the
           Placa
           or
           chief
           part
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           where
           they
           expected
           the
           Court
           of
           Guard
           ,
           but
           found
           only
           four
           Men
           :
           Laurence
           commanded
           the
           Forlorn
           ,
           and
           with
           it
           attempted
           the
           two
           Forts
           ,
           the
           one
           of
           twelve
           ,
           the
           other
           of
           eight
           Guns
           ,
           both
           close
           Forts
           ,
           but
           they
           found
           them
           open
           ,
           and
           the
           Centinel
           asleep
           ;
           so
           with
           the
           loss
           of
           one
           man
           killed
           by
           the
           Spaniards
           ,
           and
           three
           by
           a
           mistake
           of
           the
           French
           ,
           by
           break
           of
           day
           they
           had
           made
           themselves
           Masters
           of
           the
           Forts
           and
           Town
           ;
           and
           had
           they
           ,
           as
           Laurence
           advised
           ,
           sent
           at
           the
           same
           time
           ,
           but
           two
           Canoes
           and
           fifty
           Men
           ,
           they
           had
           without
           doubt
           surprized
           the
           Castle
           ,
           which
           stands
           upon
           a
           Rock
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           three
           quarters
           of
           a
           Mile
           from
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           has
           in
           it
           seventy
           Guns
           mounted
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           Pyrates
           thinking
           it
           more
           safe
           and
           profitable
           to
           plunder
           the
           Town
           :
           set
           Guards
           at
           the
           Streets
           ends
           ,
           and
           sent
           Parties
           to
           break
           open
           the
           Houses
           ,
           where
           they
           found
           every
           body
           as
           quiet
           ,
           as
           in
           their
           Graves
           ,
           and
           for
           three
           days
           they
           
           continued
           breaking
           of
           Houses
           ,
           plundering
           them
           ,
           and
           dragging
           the
           miserable
           Inhabitants
           to
           the
           Cathedral
           ,
           and
           though
           at
           this
           time
           they
           got
           abundance
           of
           Jewels
           ,
           Plate
           ,
           &c.
           and
           about
           three
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           Bags
           of
           Cochenelle
           ,
           each
           containing
           one
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           or
           two
           hundred
           pound
           weight
           ,
           as
           they
           say
           ;
           yet
           were
           they
           not
           satisfied
           ,
           but
           put
           the
           considerable
           people
           to
           ransome
           ,
           and
           threatned
           to
           burn
           the
           Cathedral
           and
           Prisoners
           in
           it
           ,
           which
           were
           five
           thousand
           and
           seven
           hundred
           ,
           if
           they
           did
           not
           immediately
           discover
           all
           they
           had
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           fourth
           day
           they
           got
           more
           than
           the
           other
           three
           ;
           and
           had
           seventy
           thousand
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           for
           the
           Governour
           Cordoua's
           Ransome
           ,
           which
           Spurre
           found
           hid
           amongst
           Grass
           in
           a
           Stable
           .
        
         
           The
           Buccaneers
           feared
           the
           Spanish
           Flota
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           two
           days
           in
           sight
           ,
           consisting
           of
           twelve
           great
           Ships
           ,
           and
           likewise
           apprehended
           succours
           might
           come
           to
           the
           Spaniards
           from
           
             los
             Angelos
          
           ,
           a
           City
           thirty
           Leagues
           from
           
             la
             Vera
             Cruz
          
           ,
           so
           they
           left
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           carryed
           their
           Prisoners
           and
           Plunder
           to
           a
           Cay
           ,
           where
           the
           Ships
           rode
           ,
           called
           
           
             los
             Sacrificios
          
           ,
           from
           a
           famous
           Indian
           Temple
           that
           was
           there
           ;
           and
           at
           their
           passing
           by
           the
           Spanish
           Fleet
           ,
           lying
           at
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           which
           they
           expected
           would
           have
           fought
           them
           ;
           the
           Buccaneers
           perceiving
           that
           they
           suffered
           them
           to
           go
           off
           with
           their
           Booty
           so
           quietly
           ,
           resolved
           to
           have
           a
           Bout
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           the
           Spaniards
           preparing
           to
           be
           gone
           away
           ,
           it
           prevented
           their
           ingagement
           .
        
         
           Here
           at
           
             los
             Sacrificios
          
           the
           Pyrates
           stay'd
           eight
           dayes
           ,
           to
           receive
           Ransomes
           ,
           and
           to
           divide
           what
           they
           had
           got
           ,
           which
           is
           generally
           said
           to
           be
           eight
           hundred
           pieces
           of
           eight
           ,
           a
           share
           in
           Plate
           and
           Mony
           ,
           and
           they
           made
           near
           twelve
           hundred
           shares
           for
           Men
           and
           Ships
           ;
           and
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           had
           about
           fourscore
           shares
           coming
           to
           him
           ,
           for
           himself
           and
           his
           two
           Ships
           .
        
         
           But
           Laurence
           and
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           quarrelling
           about
           the
           dividend
           ,
           sought
           ,
           and
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           being
           wounded
           in
           the
           Wrist
           ,
           no
           body
           thinking
           it
           to
           be
           but
           a
           slight
           wound
           ,
           they
           all
           embarked
           ,
           and
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           once
           more
           proposed
           to
           attack
           the
           Flota
           ,
           and
           engaged
           to
           board
           the
           Admiral
           ;
           but
           Laurence
           utterly
           refusing
           
           it
           ,
           away
           they
           went
           ,
           carrying
           also
           with
           them
           about
           a
           thousand
           Negroes
           and
           Mulatos
           .
        
         
           About
           fifteen
           days
           after
           ,
           
             Van
             Horn
          
           dyed
           of
           his
           Wound
           which
           had
           gangreened
           ,
           and
           was
           thrown
           into
           the
           Sea
           off
           of
           Cape
           Iucatan
           ,
           leaving
           his
           Son
           ,
           a
           Youth
           of
           about
           ten
           or
           twelve
           years
           of
           Age
           ,
           to
           the
           value
           (
           as
           they
           say
           )
           of
           twenty
           thousand
           Pounds
           Sterling
           on
           Board
           ;
           and
           his
           Lieutenant
           Gramont
           ,
           took
           upon
           him
           the
           command
           of
           the
           Ship
           ,
           intending
           for
           
             Petit
             Guave
          
           .
        
         
           Laurence
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Fleet
           were
           seen
           not
           long
           after
           ,
           off
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Iamaica
           ,
           and
           went
           for
           Guantanamo
           ,
           a
           Port
           on
           the
           South
           side
           of
           Cuba
           :
           since
           that
           ,
           Spurre
           and
           three
           or
           four
           hundred
           more
           of
           them
           ,
           are
           said
           to
           be
           dead
           ;
           and
           his
           excellency
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Linch
          
           the
           Governour
           of
           Iamaica
           ,
           was
           endeavouring
           to
           seize
           Spurre's
           Sloop
           .
        
         
           This
           Account
           was
           sent
           in
           August
           ,
           1683.
           from
           Iamaica
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           Nevis
           in
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           August
           18.
           1683.
           
        
         
           Captain
           
             Charles
             Carlisle
          
           ,
           Commander
           of
           his
           Majesties
           Ship
           the
           Francis
           ,
           having
           Orders
           from
           Sir
           
             William
             Stapleton
          
           ,
           Governour
           in
           chief
           of
           the
           
             Leeward
             Islands
          
           ,
           to
           go
           in
           search
           of
           several
           Pyrates
           ,
           who
           have
           infested
           these
           parts
           ,
           came
           on
           the
           first
           of
           this
           Month
           into
           the
           Road
           of
           S.
           Thomas
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           
             Virgin
             Islands
          
           ,
           where
           he
           found
           at
           Anchor
           the
           Ship
           
             la
             Trompeuse
          
           ,
           commanded
           by
           that
           notorious
           Pyrate
           Hamlin
           ,
           (
           who
           had
           taken
           seventeen
           Ships
           of
           all
           Nations
           ,
           of
           which
           eleven
           English
           ,
           upon
           the
           Coast
           of
           Guinea
           ,
           and
           most
           barbarously
           and
           inhumanely
           treated
           the
           Men
           belonging
           to
           the●
           )
           but
           the
           Francis
           no
           sooner
           came
           within
           reach
           of
           the
           Pyrate
           ,
           but
           she
           received
           a
           shot
           from
           him
           ,
           which
           was
           followed
           by
           another
           from
           the
           Castle
           :
           Captain
           Carlisle
           sent
           on
           shoar
           to
           know
           the
           reason
           ,
           and
           to
           demand
           the
           Pyrate
           as
           a
           common
           Enemy
           ;
           but
           receiving
           no
           satisfactory
           answer
           ,
           he
           immediately
           prepared
           Fire-works
           ,
           and
           that
           Night
           fitted
           out
           his
           
           Boats
           ,
           and
           set
           the
           Pyrates
           Ship
           on
           fire
           ,
           and
           then
           rowed
           betwixt
           her
           and
           the
           Shoar
           ,
           to
           prevent
           any
           assistance
           that
           might
           come
           from
           thence
           to
           her
           relief
           ;
           all
           the
           Men
           that
           were
           on
           board
           her
           ,
           made
           their
           escape
           ,
           except
           four
           which
           were
           taken
           Prisoners
           :
           The
           Fire
           took
           good
           effect
           ,
           and
           when
           the
           Pyrates
           Ship
           was
           burnt
           down
           to
           the
           Powder
           ,
           she
           blew
           up
           ,
           one
           piece
           of
           Timber
           of
           her
           ,
           which
           was
           all
           on
           fire
           ,
           lighting
           on
           another
           Ship
           likewise
           in
           the
           Road
           ,
           (
           that
           used
           to
           be
           helpful
           to
           them
           in
           Careening
           )
           burnt
           her
           also
           .
           The
           next
           Morning
           the
           Francis
           setting
           sail
           from
           thence
           ,
           they
           espyed
           a
           Ship
           on
           Ground
           ,
           about
           a
           League
           from
           them
           ,
           which
           they
           made
           up
           to
           ,
           and
           coming
           to
           her
           ,
           found
           her
           a
           Ship
           laden
           with
           Cables
           ,
           Cordage
           ,
           and
           other
           necessaries
           for
           Shipping
           ,
           and
           designed
           for
           supply
           of
           the
           Pyrates
           ;
           wherefore
           they
           likewise
           set
           Fire
           to
           ,
           and
           burnt
           her
           ,
           and
           then
           again
           set
           sail
           for
           this
           Island
           ,
           where
           they
           safely
           arrived
           with
           the
           four
           pyrate
           Prisoners
           ,
           who
           upon
           Examination
           ,
           confessed
           ,
           That
           the
           day
           before
           the
           Trompeuse
           was
           burnt
           ,
           they
           had
           landed
           in
           the
           Castle
           there
           ,
           a
           very
           large
           Chest
           of
           Gold
           
           Dust
           ,
           150
           Piggs
           of
           Silver
           ,
           200
           Baggs
           of
           Coined
           Money
           ,
           besides
           Plate
           ,
           Jewels
           ,
           Elephants-Teeth
           ,
           and
           other
           valuable
           Goods
           and
           Commodities
           .
           This
           service
           is
           very
           acceptable
           to
           all
           Traders
           in
           these
           parts
           ,
           whose
           Trade
           is
           very
           much
           secured
           by
           the
           destruction
           of
           this
           Pyrate
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           true
           Relation
           of
           Admiral
           Henry
           Morgans
           Expedition
           against
           the
           Spaniards
           in
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           in
           the
           Year
           1670.
           
           
        
         
           ADmiral
           Morgan
           on
           the
           fourteenth
           day
           of
           August
           1670.
           put
           to
           sea
           ,
           with
           eleven
           Sail
           of
           Ships
           ,
           and
           six
           hundred
           Men
           ,
           and
           on
           the
           second
           day
           of
           September
           following
           ,
           arrived
           at
           a
           small
           Island
           called
           the
           Isle
           of
           Ash
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           be
           the
           place
           of
           Rendezvouz
           of
           all
           his
           Fleet●for●
           that
           Expedition
           .
           From
           whence
           Vice-Admiral
           Collier
           upon
           the
           sixth
           of
           the
           same
           Month
           was
           dispatched
           with
           six
           Sail
           ,
           and
           three
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           Men
           ,
           for
           the
           Coast
           of
           the
           Main
           ,
           to
           get
           Prisoners
           for
           Intelligence
           ,
           and
           Victuals
           for
           the
           whole
           Fleet.
           The
           last
           day
           of
           September
           ,
           
           arrived
           Captain
           Morris
           in
           a
           small
           Ship
           ill
           manned
           ,
           and
           brought
           with
           him
           
             Emanuel
             de
             Rivera
          
           his
           Vessel
           of
           eight
           Sacres
           ,
           who
           had
           lately
           burnt
           the
           Coa●●s
           of
           Iamaica
           ,
           and
           had
           sent
           a
           Challenge
           to
           dare
           out
           the
           best
           Ship
           of
           that
           Island
           to
           come
           and
           fight
           him
           ;
           he
           was
           taken
           at
           the
           East
           end
           of
           Cuba
           .
        
         
           The
           seventh
           of
           October
           following
           ,
           there
           happened
           so
           violent
           a
           Storm
           ,
           in
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           that
           it
           drove
           all
           the
           Fleet
           on
           Shoar
           ,
           (
           except
           the
           Admiral
           's
           Vessel
           )
           then
           consisting
           of
           eleven
           Sail
           :
           All●
           of
           which
           ,
           but
           ▪
           three
           ,
           got
           off
           again
           and
           were
           made
           serviceable
           .
           In
           this
           Month
           arrived
           three
           French
           Vessels
           ,
           and
           conditioned
           to
           sail
           under
           the
           Admiral
           :
           And
           in
           November
           our
           Fleet
           was
           encreased
           with
           seven
           Sail
           more
           of
           English
           Ships
           .
        
         
           Upon
           the
           twenty
           eighth
           of
           the
           same
           Month
           ,
           our
           Vice-Admiral
           Collier
           ,
           returned
           from
           the
           Main
           ,
           with
           good
           quantities
           of
           Provision
           ,
           and
           two
           
           of
           the
           Spaniards
           Vessels
           ,
           one
           of
           which
           called
           la
           Gallarda
           ,
           was
           of
           Rivera's
           Company
           ,
           assisting
           him
           to
           burn
           the
           Coaf●s
           of
           Iamaica
           .
           Some
           of
           the
           Prisoners
           ,
           brought
           in
           this
           Ship
           ,
           confessed
           that
           the
           President
           of
           
             Panama
             ,
             Don
             Iuan
             Perez
             de
             Gusman
             ,
          
           had
           granted
           several
           Commissions
           against
           the
           English
           :
           And
           that
           divers
           Spanish
           Ships
           with
           these
           Commissions
           ,
           were
           already
           out
           ,
           who
           had
           made
           Prize
           of
           as
           many
           English
           ,
           as
           they
           could
           master
           ;
           that
           they
           were
           still
           fitting
           out
           more
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Spa●●●rds
           both
           at
           Land
           and
           Sea
           ,
           were
           arming
           against
           the
           English.
           
        
         
           On
           the
           second
           day
           of
           December
           ,
           Admiral
           Morgan
           commanded
           all
           the
           Cap●ains
           on
           board
           him
           ,
           being
           thirty
           seven
           in
           number
           ,
           and
           demanded
           their
           advice
           what
           place
           was
           prope
           .
           rest
           for
           them
           first
           to
           attack
           ;
           and
           their
           Result
           ,
           which
           they
           drew
           up
           ,
           and
           gave
           him
           under
           their
           hands
           ,
           was
           to
           this
           effect
           ;
        
         
         
           
             THAT
             having
             seriously
             considered
             ,
             what
             place
             might
             prove
             most
             feasible
             to
             attack
             and
             carry
             ,
             and
             be
             most
             advantageous
             for
             the
             safety
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             and
             in
             particular
             for
             the
             security
             of
             the
             Island
             of
             Iamaica
             ,
             for
             preventing
             the
             a
             ▪
             noyances
             and
             invasions
             of
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             they
             did
             all
             unanimously
             conclude
             ,
             That
             it
             would
             stand
             most
             for
             the
             general
             good
             of
             the
             English
             ,
             trading
             to
             Iamaica
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Majesties
             Plantations
             in
             the
             West-Indies
             ,
             to
             take
             Panama
             The
             President
             whereof
             having
             granted
             several
             Commissions
             against
             the
             English
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             anoyance
             of
             Iamaica
             ,
             and
             of
             our
             Merchant
             Men
             ;
             as
             both
             by
             the
             Oaths
             of
             the
             Spanish
             Prisoners
             ,
             and
             the
             very
             original
             Commissions
             ,
             taken
             with
             the
             afore
             mentioned
             Spanish
             Vessels
             ,
             did
             most
             evidently
             appear
             .
          
           ;
        
         
         
           To
           which
           the
           Admiral
           consented
           ,
           and
           having
           called
           another
           time
           the
           Captains
           on
           board
           him
           ,
           to
           consult
           of
           the
           manner
           of
           carrying
           on
           that
           attempt
           ,
           and
           where
           to
           find
           Prisoners
           to
           be
           our
           Guides
           for
           Panama
           :
           It
           was
           voted
           that
           from
           the
           Island
           of
           Providence
           ,
           most
           of
           the
           people
           there
           being
           taken
           from
           Panama
           ,
           that
           no
           place
           could
           be
           more
           fit
           .
        
         
           December
           the
           eighth
           ,
           we
           sailed
           ,
           and
           the
           fourteenth
           we
           arrived
           at
           Providence
           by
           eight
           in
           the
           Morning
           ,
           and
           by
           two
           in
           the
           Afternoon
           ,
           were
           possessed
           of
           the
           great
           Island
           without
           any
           resistance
           .
        
         
           The
           fifteenth
           the
           Admiral
           sent
           a
           a
           Summons
           to
           the
           Governour
           to
           deliver
           the
           
             Little
             Island
          
           ,
           who
           willingly
           submitted
           ,
           upon
           Condition
           ,
           That
           he
           might
           have
           good
           Quarter
           ,
           and
           Transportation
           to
           any
           part
           of
           the
           Main
           ;
           which
           was
           granted
           and
           duly
           performed
           :
           But
           four
           of
           his
           Souldiers
           voluntarily
           took
           up
           Arms
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           became
           our
           Guides
           :
           And
           by
           
           them
           understanding
           ,
           The
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           blocked
           our
           way
           .
           
           The
           Admiral
           called
           a
           Council
           of
           all
           the
           Captains
           ,
           where
           it
           was
           resolved
           that
           we
           should
           attack
           this
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           .
        
         
           
           
             Of
             the
             taking
             the
             CASTLE
             OF
             CHAGRE
             .
          
           
             FOR
             this
             purpose
             were
             four
             hundred
             and
             seventy
             men
             ,
             in
             three
             Ships
             ,
             forthwith
             dispatched
             away
             ,
             under
             the
             command
             of
             Captain
             
               Ioseph
               B●dley
            
             ,
             with
             three
             other
             Captains
             ,
             and
             four
             Lieutenants
             .
             On
             the
             27.
             they
             were
             safely
             landed
             within
             four
             Miles
             of
             the
             Castle
             ,
             by
             twelve
             a
             Clock
             at
             Night
             ;
             By
             two
             they
             had
             made
             their
             approach
             within
             Shot
             one
             of
             the
             other
             ;
             and
             by
             three
             a
             Clock
             had
             got
             into
             their
             Trenches
             ,
             where
             they
             continued
             fighting
             till
             eight
             in
             the
             Morning
             :
             from
             whence
             they
             had
             returned
             without
             effecting
             their
             design
             ,
             if
             in
             plying
             their
             Granadoes
             ,
             they
             had
             not
             set
             a
             Guard-house
             on
             fire
             ,
             that
             stood
             upon
             the
             Walls
             ,
             which
             caused
             a
             breach
             ;
             where
             our
             Men
             
             couragiously
             stormed
             ,
             and
             the
             enemy
             as
             bravely
             defended
             ,
             to
             the
             last
             Man
             ;
             and
             obstinately
             refusing
             Quarter
             ,
             it
             cost
             them
             the
             lives
             of
             three
             hundred
             and
             sixty
             Men.
             Of
             our
             side
             were
             thirty
             killed
             out
             right
             ,
             one
             Captain
             ,
             and
             one
             Lieutenant
             ,
             and
             seventy
             six
             wounded
             ,
             whereof
             the
             brave
             Bradley
             was
             one
             ,
             with
             two
             Lieutenants
             ,
             who
             dyed
             within
             ten
             dayes
             after
             ,
             of
             their
             Wounds
             ,
             to
             the
             great
             grief
             of
             the
             Admiral
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             our
             Fleet
             in
             general
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Admiral
             Morgan's
             Expedition
             against
             Panama
             .
             
          
           
             JAnuary
             the
             second
             1670
             /
             1
             Admiral
             Morgan
             arrived
             with
             the
             whole
             Fleet
             ,
             and
             understanding
             that
             the
             Enemy
             lay
             with
             Forces
             to
             endeavour
             the
             re-taking
             of
             the
             Castle
             of
             Chagre
             ,
             he
             gave
             order
             for
             the
             Fleet
             to
             follow
             ,
             him
             into
             the
             Harbour
             ;
             but
             five
             of
             the
             foremost
             ,
             had
             the
             ill
             fortune
             to
             be
             cast
             away
             ,
             amongst
             which
             the
             Ship
             where
             in
             the
             Admiral
             himself
             was
             ,
             was
             one
             ,
             and
             four
             more
             ,
             but
             they
             saved
             their
             Men.
             
          
           
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             Fleet
             being
             come
             in
             ,
             they
             prepared
             to
             go
             up
             the
             River
             ,
             where
             the
             Admiral
             understood
             our
             Enemies
             had
             entrenched
             themselves
             ,
             and
             had
             six
             several
             Retreats
             ,
             in
             Breast-Works
             ;
             whereupon
             he
             gave
             order
             ,
             
             That
             seven
             sail
             of
             the
             lesser
             Ships
             ,
             should
             be
             fitted
             to
             go
             up
             the
             River
             ,
             and
             fill'd
             them
             with
             Men
             ,
             and
             great
             Guns
             ,
             leaving
             three
             hundred
             to
             guard
             the
             Castle
             and
             the
             Ships
             ,
             under
             the
             command
             of
             Captain
             
               Richard
               Norman
            
             .
          
           
             Munday
             the
             ninth
             ,
             Admiral
             Morgan
             began
             to
             set
             forward
             with
             fourteen
             hundred
             Men
             ,
             in
             the
             said
             seven
             Ships
             ,
             and
             thirty
             six
             Boats.
             
          
           
             The
             twelfth
             day
             he
             got
             to
             the
             first
             Intrenchment
             ,
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             had
             basely
             quitted
             ,
             and
             set
             all
             on
             fire
             ,
             as
             they
             did
             all
             the
             rest
             without
             striking
             a
             stroak
             for
             it
             .
          
           
             Here
             he
             was
             forced
             to
             leave
             the
             Ships
             and
             Boats
             ,
             (
             being
             unable
             to
             get
             them
             conveniently
             up
             further
             )
             with
             two
             hundred
             Men
             to
             guard
             them
             ,
             under
             the
             command
             of
             Captain
             
               Robert
               Delander
            
             ,
             and
             we
             betook
             our selves
             to
             our
             march
             through
             the
             wild
             Woods
             ,
             where
             was
             no
             Road
             nor
             Path
             for
             four
             and
             twenty
             Miles
             together
             ,
             but
             what
             our
             Pioneers
             cut
             and
             made
             for
             us
             .
          
           
           
             The
             fourteenth
             ,
             our
             Admiral
             with
             our
             Army
             ,
             arrived
             within
             two
             Miles
             of
             
               Venta
               Cruz
            
             ,
             the
             place
             where
             we
             should
             have
             landed
             ,
             if
             we
             had
             been
             able
             to
             have
             got
             our
             Vessels
             up
             so
             high
             :
             And
             here
             we
             came
             to
             a
             narrow
             and
             dangerous
             Pass
             ,
             which
             the
             Enemy
             thought
             to
             have
             secured
             ,
             and
             put
             a
             stop
             to
             our
             further
             progress
             in
             that
             design
             ;
             but
             indeed
             they
             were
             presently
             routed
             by
             our
             Forlorn
             ,
             commanded
             by
             Captain
             
               Thomas
               Rogers
            
             ,
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             Men
             never
             being
             put
             to
             the
             trouble
             of
             firing
             one
             Shot
             ,
             and
             without
             sustaining
             any
             loss
             ,
             saving
             three
             Men
             slightly
             wounded
             ,
             but
             the
             Enemies
             loss
             we
             could
             never
             learn.
             
          
           
             Ianuary
             the
             fifteenth
             ,
             we
             arrived
             at
             
               Venta
               Cruz
            
             upon
             the
             River
             of
             Chagre
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             very
             handsome
             Village
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             where
             they
             land
             and
             embark
             all
             the
             Goods
             which
             come
             and
             go
             to
             Panama
             :
             And
             where
             we
             thought
             we
             might
             meet
             with
             some
             Provisions
             ,
             having
             marched
             three
             days
             with
             but
             a
             very
             slender
             Dyet
             ,
             but
             found
             this
             (
             as
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             places
             we
             had
             passed
             )
             all
             on
             fire
             ,
             and
             the
             Inhabitants
             and
             Souldiers
             all
             fled
             .
          
           
           
             The
             sixteenth
             we
             marched
             on
             forwards
             ,
             the
             Enemy
             galling
             us
             from
             their
             Ambuscades
             ,
             and
             by
             small
             Parties
             ,
             and
             we
             still
             beating
             them
             for
             a
             League
             together
             ;
             although
             they
             had
             all
             the
             advantage
             of
             us
             that
             could
             be
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Ways
             being
             so
             narrow
             that
             we
             could
             seldom
             march
             above
             four
             a
             Breast
             ,
             and
             was
             for
             the
             most
             part
             so
             deep
             and
             hollow
             ,
             that
             the
             Enemy
             could
             keep
             over
             our
             heads
             to
             annoy
             us
             .
          
           
             About
             Noon
             we
             got
             safely
             to
             the
             Savanas
             or
             open
             Fields
             ,
             with
             the
             loss
             but
             of
             three
             Men
             Killed
             outright
             ,
             and
             six
             or
             seven
             wounded
             :
             and
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             twenty
             killed
             ,
             and
             one
             Captain
             ,
             besides
             many
             wounded
             .
             About
             three
             Miles
             further
             ,
             we
             took
             up
             our
             Quarters
             ,
             to
             refresh
             our
             Men
             ,
             and
             thank
             God
             for
             the
             successful
             service
             of
             that
             day
             .
          
           
             The
             seventeenth
             we
             continued
             our
             march
             without
             any
             opposition
             ,
             and
             about
             nine
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Morning
             saw
             that
             desired
             and
             long
             wished
             for
             sight
             ,
             the
             South
             Sea
             and
             not
             far
             distant
             from
             us
             〈◊〉
             parcel
             of
             
             Cattle
             and
             Horses
             feeding
             .
             Whereupon
             our
             Admiral
             commanded
             a
             general
             halt
             to
             be
             made
             ;
             and
             gave
             our
             Men
             leave
             to
             kill
             Horses
             and
             Beeves
             enough
             to
             feast
             us
             all
             .
          
           
             At
             about
             four
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             our
             Men
             having
             refreshed
             themselves
             very
             well
             ,
             we
             marched
             on
             again
             ;
             and
             at
             five
             came
             within
             sight
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             where
             he
             was
             drawn
             up
             in
             Battalia
             ,
             with
             two
             thousand
             and
             one
             hundred
             Foot
             ,
             and
             six
             hundred
             Horse
             ;
             but
             finding
             the
             day
             far
             spent
             ,
             the
             Admiral
             thought
             it
             not
             fit
             to
             engage
             ,
             but
             took
             up
             quarters
             within
             a
             mile
             of
             them
             ,
             where
             we
             lay
             very
             quiet
             ;
             not
             being
             so
             much
             as
             once
             allarmed
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             Morning
             being
             the
             eighteenth
             ,
             our
             Admiral
             gave
             out
             very
             early
             his
             Orders
             ,
             To
             draw
             out
             his
             Men
             in
             Battalia
             ;
             which
             was
             accordingly
             performed
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             drawn
             up
             in
             form
             of
             a
             Tertia
             .
             The
             Vanguard
             ,
             which
             was
             led
             by
             Lieutenant
             Colonel
             Prince
             ,
             and
             Major
             
               Iohn
               Morris
            
             ,
             was
             in
             number
             three
             hundred
             Men.
             The
             main
             Body
             ,
             containing
             
             six
             hundred
             Men
             ,
             the
             right
             Wing
             thereof
             was
             led
             by
             the
             Admiral
             ,
             and
             the
             Left
             by
             Colonel
             
               Edward
               Collyer
            
             .
             The
             Rere-Guard
             consisting
             of
             three
             hundred
             Men
             ,
             was
             commanded
             by
             Colonel
             
               Bledry
               Morgan
            
             .
          
           
             Our
             Admiral
             ,
             after
             having
             viewed
             his
             Men
             ,
             and
             encouraged
             them
             ,
             commanded
             the
             Officers
             all
             to
             repair
             to
             their
             respective
             charges
             .
             Mean
             while
             the
             Enemy
             being
             drawn
             up
             in
             an
             advantagious
             place
             ,
             still
             kept
             their
             station
             ,
             nor
             would
             at
             all
             move
             ,
             though
             often
             provoked
             by
             us
             ,
             fearing
             to
             lose
             the
             security
             of
             their
             Ground
             .
             Which
             our
             Admiral
             perceiving
             ,
             presently
             gave
             order
             ,
             That
             our
             Officers
             should
             wheel
             our
             Body
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             endeavour
             to
             gain
             a
             Hill
             which
             was
             hard
             by
             ,
             and
             which
             if
             once
             gained
             ,
             we
             should
             then
             force
             the
             Enemy
             to
             engage
             ,
             to
             their
             great
             disadvantage
             ;
             because
             he
             could
             not
             be
             able
             to
             bring
             out
             of
             his
             great
             Body
             ,
             any
             more
             Men
             to
             fight
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             than
             we
             should
             out
             of
             our
             small
             ;
             and
             that
             we
             should
             likewise
             have
             the
             
             advantage
             ,
             both
             of
             the
             Wind
             and
             Sun.
             
          
           
             Our
             Officers
             streight
             put
             this
             command
             in
             execution
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             small
             time
             we
             gained
             the
             Hill
             ,
             together
             with
             a
             little
             dry
             Passage
             ,
             of
             convenience
             for
             us
             .
             So
             the
             Enemy
             was
             constrained
             to
             fight
             us
             upon
             their
             hasty
             march
             ,
             not
             having
             room
             enough
             to
             wheel
             their
             whole
             Body
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             great
             Bogg
             ,
             which
             was
             just
             at
             their
             Rear
             ,
             and
             before
             which
             they
             had
             purposely
             drawn
             up
             ,
             to
             entrap
             us
             :
             But
             we
             having
             thus
             Changed
             our
             Ground
             ,
             that
             proved
             in
             the
             upshot
             to
             be
             of
             prejudice
             to
             themselves
             .
          
           
             We
             being
             thus
             advanced
             ,
             
               Don
               Francisco
               de
               Haro
            
             ,
             who
             commanded
             their
             Cavalry
             ,
             with
             his
             Horse
             gave
             the
             first
             Charge
             to
             our
             Vanguard
             ,
             which
             he
             did
             very
             furiously
             ,
             coming
             upon
             the
             full
             speed
             ;
             and
             we
             having
             no
             Pikes
             among
             us
             ,
             our
             Admiral
             gave
             order
             ,
             That
             we
             should
             double
             our
             Ranks
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             close
             the
             Files
             to
             the
             Right
             and
             Left
             inward
             ,
             to
             the
             close
             Order
             :
             But
             their
             fiery
             Commander
             
             could
             not
             stop
             his
             career
             till
             he
             dropt
             ,
             losing
             his
             life
             in
             the
             FrontRank
             of
             our
             Vanguard
             .
          
           
             Upon
             this
             their
             Horse
             wheeled
             off
             to
             the
             Right
             ,
             and
             their
             Foot
             advanced
             to
             try
             their
             Fortunes
             ,
             but
             they
             proved
             as
             unsuccessful
             as
             their
             fellows
             ;
             for
             we
             being
             ready
             ,
             with
             our
             main
             Body
             to
             receive
             them
             ,
             with
             our
             first
             Volley
             gave
             them
             such
             a
             warm
             welcome
             ,
             and
             pursued
             our
             work
             in
             hand
             ,
             with
             that
             vigour
             and
             briskness
             ,
             that
             our
             friends
             the
             Spaniards
             thought
             it
             safest
             to
             retreat
             ,
             and
             by
             and
             by
             were
             so
             closely
             plyed
             by
             our
             Left
             Wing
             also
             ,
             who
             at
             first
             could
             not
             come
             to
             engage
             ,
             (
             because
             of
             their
             hindrance
             by
             the
             Hills
             )
             which
             our
             Enemies
             not
             able
             to
             endure
             ,
             mended
             ,
             though
             unwillingly
             ,
             their
             pace
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             all
             in
             general
             betook
             themselves
             to
             plain
             running
             .
          
           
             Just
             before
             which
             ,
             they
             practised
             such
             a
             stratagem
             ,
             as
             hath
             seldom
             been
             heard
             .
             For
             while
             the
             Foot
             had
             engaged
             us
             in
             the
             Front
             and
             the
             Flanks
             ,
             they
             had
             contrived
             to
             
             force
             in
             ,
             two
             great
             Droves
             of
             Oxen
             ,
             of
             above
             a
             thousand
             in
             each
             ,
             into
             the
             Right
             and
             Left
             Angles
             of
             our
             Rear
             ,
             with
             intention
             to
             break
             and
             disorder
             us
             :
             Which
             design
             might
             probably
             have
             taken
             effect
             ,
             had
             not
             our
             prudent
             Admiral
             ,
             with
             great
             presence
             of
             mind
             ,
             spoiled
             their
             project
             ,
             giving
             order
             to
             a
             small
             Party
             to
             fire
             at
             the
             Drivers
             ,
             and
             not
             at
             the
             Cattle
             ,
             which
             put
             the
             rest
             into
             so
             great
             a
             fear
             ,
             that
             the
             Oxen
             were
             soon
             forced
             back
             with
             ●afe
             .
             So
             that
             this
             stratagem
             being
             thus
             defeated
             ,
             they
             were
             in
             so
             great
             consternation
             ,
             that
             happy
             was
             he
             that
             could
             get
             first
             into
             the
             City
             :
             There
             they
             had
             two
             hundred
             fresh
             men
             ,
             and
             two
             Forts
             ;
             in
             the
             one
             were
             fix
             Brass
             Guns
             mounted
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             other
             eight
             .
             They
             had
             all
             their
             Streets
             barricadoed
             ,
             and
             in
             many
             of
             them
             had
             also
             planted
             great
             Guns
             ;
             the
             number
             of
             which
             amounted
             in
             all
             to
             thirty
             two
             Brass
             Guns
             :
             But
             instead
             of
             fighting
             after
             all
             this
             preparation
             ,
             the
             President
             caused
             the
             City
             to
             be
             fired
             ,
             and
             his
             chiefest
             
             Fort
             to
             be
             blown
             up
             ,
             which
             was
             done
             with
             such
             hast
             ,
             that
             he
             blew
             up
             forty
             of
             his
             Souldiers
             in
             it
             .
             We
             followed
             them
             into
             the
             Town
             ,
             where
             in
             the
             
               Placa
               Mayor
            
             ,
             or
             chief
             Market
             place
             ,
             they
             made
             a
             short
             resistence
             ,
             fring
             some
             of
             their
             great
             Guns
             at
             us
             ,
             with
             which
             they
             killed
             us
             four
             Men
             ,
             and
             wounded
             five
             .
          
           
             At
             three
             a
             Clock
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             we
             had
             quiet
             possession
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             although
             in
             Flames
             ,
             with
             no
             more
             loss
             on
             our
             side
             in
             this
             days
             work
             ,
             than
             five
             Men
             killed
             ,
             and
             ten
             wounded
             ;
             but
             of
             the
             Enemy
             about
             four
             hundred
             .
             And
             now
             were
             we
             forced
             to
             put
             all
             Hands
             to
             work
             for
             the
             quenching
             the
             Fire
             of
             our
             Enemies
             Houses
             ,
             which
             they
             themselves
             had
             kindled
             to
             disappoint
             us
             of
             the
             Plunder
             ;
             but
             all
             our
             labour
             was
             in
             vain
             ,
             for
             by
             twelve
             a
             clock
             at
             Night
             ,
             all
             the
             whole
             City
             was
             burnt
             ,
             except
             a
             part
             of
             the
             Suburbs
             ,
             which
             with
             our
             great
             industry
             ,
             we
             made
             a
             shift
             to
             save
             ,
             being
             two
             Churches
             ,
             and
             about
             three
             hundred
             Houses
             .
          
           
           
             Thus
             was
             that
             ancient
             and
             famous
             City
             of
             Panama
             consumed
             and
             laid
             in
             Ashes
             ;
             being
             the
             greatest
             Mart
             for
             Silver
             and
             Gold
             in
             the
             whole
             World
             :
             for
             it
             receives
             all
             the
             Goods
             and
             Merchandise
             coming
             from
             
               Old
               Spain
            
             ,
             in
             the
             Kings
             great
             Fleet
             ,
             which
             is
             first
             landed
             at
             
               Puerto
               Belo
            
             and
             
               Venta
               Cruz
            
             ,
             and
             thence
             brought
             on
             Mules
             ,
             and
             by
             other
             land-Carriage
             ,
             hither
             ;
             and
             likewise
             delivers
             to
             the
             Gallions
             of
             the
             Flota
             or
             Plate
             Fleet
             ,
             all
             the
             Silver
             and
             Gold
             which
             comes
             from
             the
             Mines
             of
             Potozi
             ,
             and
             all
             Peru.
             
          
           
             Here
             at
             this
             City
             we
             stayed
             eight
             and
             twenty
             days
             ,
             making
             continual
             incursions
             upon
             the
             Enemy
             by
             Land
             ,
             for
             twenty
             Leagues
             round
             about
             ,
             without
             having
             so
             much
             as
             one
             Gun
             shot
             at
             us
             in
             anger
             ,
             although
             we
             took
             in
             this
             time
             near
             three
             thousand
             Prisoners
             of
             all
             sorts
             :
             And
             kept
             Barks
             likewise
             cruising
             in
             the
             South
             Sea
             ,
             and
             fetching
             off
             Prisoner
             from
             Toboga
             and
             other
             Islands
             near
             that
             Coast
             ,
             to
             which
             the
             Spaniards
             had
             fled
             with
             their
             Families
             .
          
           
           
             February
             the
             fourteenth
             ,
             
             we
             quitted
             Panama
             ,
             and
             began
             our
             march
             towards
             our
             Ship
             with
             all
             our
             Prisoners
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             day
             came
             to
             
               Venta
               Cruz
            
             ,
             at
             about
             two
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             which
             is
             about
             fifteen
             English
             miles
             .
             Here
             we
             stayed
             refreshing
             our selves
             till
             the
             four
             and
             twentieth
             ,
             giving
             the
             Spaniards
             ,
             opportunity
             to
             ransom
             their
             Prisoners
             .
             The
             twenty
             sixth
             we
             got
             to
             Chagre
             ;
             which
             we
             found
             in
             good
             order
             since
             our
             leaving
             it
             .
             And
             here
             we
             divided
             the
             Plunder
             amongst
             the
             Souldiers
             and
             Seamen
             ,
             which
             amounted
             to
             about
             thirty
             thousand
             Pound
             Sterling
             .
          
           
             March
             the
             sixth
             ,
             we
             fired
             the
             Castle
             of
             Chagre
             ,
             having
             first
             spiked
             the
             Guns
             ;
             and
             then
             embarked
             for
             our
             Voyage
             towards
             Iamaica
             ;
             where
             in
             a
             short
             time
             ,
             we
             safely
             arrived
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             why
             we
             got
             no
             more
             wealth
             in
             that
             expedition
             ,
             was
             ,
             because
             they
             had
             two
             Months
             notice
             of
             us
             ,
             before
             our
             coming
             ,
             and
             conveyed
             most
             of
             their
             Treasure
             away
             on
             board
             their
             Ships
             ,
             to
             be
             transported
             to
             Lima
             in
             Peru
             ;
             one
             of
             which
             Ships
             
             was
             laden
             with
             Gold
             ,
             Silver
             ,
             and
             precious
             Stones
             ;
             which
             Ship
             contained
             seven
             hundred
             Tun
             :
             And
             there
             was
             likewise
             another
             of
             three
             hundred
             Tun
             ,
             laden
             also
             with
             Riches
             ,
             both
             which
             made
             their
             escape
             from
             us
             .
             This
             ,
             together
             with
             their
             firing
             the
             City
             of
             Panama
             ,
             made
             us
             return
             so
             empty
             home
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Don
           Juan
           Perez
           de
           Guzman
           President
           of
           Panama
           ,
           his
           Relation
           of
           the
           late
           Action
           of
           the
           English
           there
           in
           the
           West●Indies
           .
           Being
           a
           Letter
           intercepted
           by
           them
           ,
           as
           it
           was
           going
           into
           Spain
           ,
           and
           brought
           to
           Admiral
           Morgan
           .
           Rendred
           into
           English
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           Spanish
           .
           
        
         
           HAving
           had
           advice
           from
           the
           Governour
           of
           Carthagena
           ,
           which
           he
           sent
           me
           by
           way
           of
           Darien
           ,
           that
           the
           English
           of
           Iamaica
           ,
           assisted
           by
           the
           French
           ,
           intended
           with
           an
           Army
           of
           three
           thousand
           Men
           ,
           to
           Invade
           Carthagena
           and
           Panama
           ,
           I
           presently
           orderded
           two
           hundred
           Men
           to
           march
           to
           
             Puerto
             Velo
          
           ,
           and
           to
           Chagre
           one
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           .
           And
           
           to
           the
           
             Castillan
             Don
             Francisco
             Saludo
             I
          
           sent
           order
           that
           with
           five
           hundred
           Men
           he
           should
           guard
           the
           passage
           of
           the
           River
           ,
           and
           fortifie
           it
           .
        
         
           About
           five
           months
           before
           this
           I
           had
           consulted
           
             Don
             Iuan
             de
             Aras
             ,
             Capellan
             of
          
           the
           Audiencia
           ,
           and
           other
           Intelligent
           persons
           .
           And
           they
           perswaded
           me
           that
           the
           forts
           on
           the
           River
           as
           well
           as
           the
           Castle
           ,
           were
           all
           impregnable
           ;
           And
           in
           reiterated
           Letters
           which
           I
           had
           from
           
             Don
             Pedro
             de
             Lisardo
          
           ,
           he
           assured
           me
           the
           same
           of
           Chagre
           ,
           and
           that
           I
           needed
           not
           to
           take
           care
           for
           them
           ,
           for
           that
           although
           six
           thousand
           Men
           should
           come
           against
           them
           ,
           he
           should
           with
           the
           Fortifications
           ,
           and
           Men
           he
           had
           ,
           be
           able
           to
           secure
           himself
           and
           destroy
           them
           :
           The
           like
           those
           who
           were
           at
           the
           passages
           of
           the
           River
           confidently
           assured
           me
           .
        
         
           And
           now
           the
           Enemy
           being
           come
           those
           of
           the
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           fought
           whole
           day
           ,
           and
           defended
           themselves
           with
           great
           Valour
           and
           Resolution
           ,
           Killing
           above
           two
           hundred
           Men
           ,
           and
           repulsing
           above
           six
           Assaults
           ,
           until
           the
           English
           taking
           advantage
           of
           the
           night
           ,
           and
           
           by
           the
           help
           of
           their
           Fire-balls
           set
           on
           Fire
           the
           Fortifications
           ,
           because
           the
           outsides
           were
           of
           Wood.
           They
           likewise
           burnt
           the
           Castellans
           or
           Governours
           House
           ,
           being
           thatched
           with
           Palm
           ,
           and
           consumed
           all
           the
           good
           Arms
           within
           .
           There
           was
           Killed
           above
           half
           the
           People
           ,
           the
           Lieutenant
           also
           and
           the
           Castellan
           ,
           who
           all
           had
           behaved
           themselves
           with
           great
           Valour
           ,
           and
           had
           it
           not
           been
           for
           the
           Fire
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           had
           never
           gained
           it
           .
        
         
           At
           the
           unhappy
           News
           of
           the
           loss
           of
           this
           considerable
           Castle
           ,
           those
           on
           the
           River
           were
           extreamly
           astonished
           ,
           and
           fearing
           the
           English
           would
           come
           up
           to
           them
           with
           two
           thousand
           Men
           ,
           
             Luis
             de
             Castillo
          
           Captain
           of
           the
           Mulatto's
           ,
           whom
           the
           
             Castellan
             Saludo
          
           ,
           had
           ordered
           to
           his
           Post
           ,
           a
           place
           called
           
             Barro
             Colorado
          
           ,
           having
           called
           a
           Council
           of
           War
           of
           those
           Officers
           under
           his
           Command
           ,
           without
           having
           any
           Order
           of
           mine
           or
           power
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           retired
           to
           Barbacoa
           ,
           forsaking
           his
           Post
           ,
           without
           fo
           much
           as
           ever
           seeing
           the
           Face
           of
           the
           Enemy
           :
           The
           
             Castellan
             Saludo
          
           did
           the
           same
           ,
           quitting
           the
           Fortifications
           of
           Barbacoa
           ,
           and
           retired
           with
           
           his
           Men
           to
           Cruzes
           .
           Before
           this
           ,
           at
           the
           first
           notice
           I
           had
           of
           the
           loss
           of
           the
           Castle
           of
           chagre
           .
           Two
           mestises
           called
           the
           Sollices
           and
           a
           Negro
           of
           Vregoa
           ,
           offered
           with
           a
           hundred
           Men
           to
           regain
           the
           Castle
           ,
           or
           so
           to
           disorder
           the
           Enemy
           in
           case
           they
           should
           attempt
           to
           come
           up
           the
           River
           ,
           as
           to
           hinder
           them
           :
           And
           for
           fear
           they
           should
           gain
           the
           Castle
           of
           Santos
           ,
           I
           sent
           
             Gil
             de
             la
             Torre
          
           who
           had
           been
           Lieutenant
           there
           ,
           to
           Govern
           and
           Defend
           it
           .
           But
           neither
           of
           these
           complied
           with
           their
           undertaking
           ;
           for
           having
           sent
           two
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           chosen
           Men
           ,
           instead
           of
           the
           one
           hundred
           they
           had
           desired
           ;
           with
           the
           Sollices
           ,
           who
           meeting
           the
           Enemy
           on
           the
           River
           ,
           neither
           durst
           they
           stay
           to
           fight
           him
           ,
           as
           they
           might
           have
           done
           ,
           nor
           did
           they
           pass
           on
           to
           regain
           the
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           :
           But
           rather
           went
           round
           by
           the
           Mountain
           ,
           and
           came
           out
           at
           Capira
           ,
           after
           which
           they
           all
           dispersed
           without
           doing
           any
           good
           at
           all
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           conjuncture
           having
           had
           the
           misfortune
           to
           have
           been
           lately
           Blooded
           three
           times
           for
           an
           Erysipelas
           ,
           I
           had
           in
           my
           right
           Leg
           ,
           I
           was
           forced
           to
           rise
           out
           of
           my
           Bed
           ,
           and
           march
           to
           Guiabal
           with
           
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           People
           ,
           which
           I
           had
           raised
           in
           Panama
           ;
           where
           I
           slaid
           until
           I
           understood
           the
           exact
           course
           of
           the
           Enemies
           march
           ,
           because
           I
           would
           be
           sure
           not
           to
           miss
           them
           ,
           for
           they
           might
           have
           gone
           by
           
             Barbacoa
             ,
             port
             Gilloa
          
           and
           
             Puerto
             de
             loes
             Naos
          
           .
        
         
           With
           me
           I
           took
           eight
           hundred
           Men
           ,
           and
           three
           hundred
           Negroes
           ,
           that
           were
           Vassalls
           ,
           and
           Slaves
           of
           the
           Assentistaes
           .
           And
           from
           the
           aforesaid
           place
           ,
           I
           sent
           to
           Cruzes
           three
           hundred
           Men
           ,
           amongst
           whom
           went
           one
           hundred
           Indians
           of
           Darien
           ,
           with
           their
           Commanders
           ;
           Of
           these
           I
           had
           greater
           Credit
           and
           Opinion
           than
           of
           any
           others
           ,
           yet
           had
           not
           these
           the
           courage
           to
           perform
           any
           thing
           .
        
         
           Having
           been
           a
           day
           in
           Guiabal
           ,
           and
           my
           Men
           pretty
           well
           refreshed
           ,
           I
           received
           a
           Letter
           from
           a
           Negro
           Captain
           ,
           called
           Prado
           ,
           in
           which
           he
           assured
           me
           that
           the
           Enemy
           marched
           against
           us
           two
           thousand
           strong
           ;
           which
           News
           so
           much
           discouraged
           my
           Men
           ,
           that
           they
           ceased
           not
           to
           importune
           and
           press
           me
           to
           return
           to
           the
           Town
           ,
           protesting
           they
           would
           defend
           themselves
           in
           it
           to
           the
           last
           .
           
           But
           it
           being
           impossible
           then
           to
           fortifie
           it
           ,
           it
           having
           many
           entrances
           ,
           and
           the
           Houses
           all
           built
           of
           Wood
           ;
           so
           soon
           as
           the
           Enemy
           should
           once
           make
           a
           breach
           ,
           we
           should
           quickly
           be
           exposed
           to
           their
           fury
           ,
           and
           forced
           miserably
           to
           shift
           for
           our selves
           ;
           for
           which
           reasons
           I
           consented
           not
           to
           them
           .
           Next
           morning
           at
           break
           of
           day
           ,
           I
           found
           my self
           with
           not
           above
           one
           third
           part
           of
           my
           Men
           ,
           the
           rest
           having
           deserted
           me
           .
           So
           that
           I
           was
           constrained
           to
           return
           back
           to
           the
           City
           ,
           to
           perswade
           them
           to
           Fight
           there
           at
           Panama
           ,
           there
           being
           no
           other
           remedy
           .
        
         
           
             I
             arrived
             on
          
           Saturday
           
             night
             at
          
           Panama
           ,
           and
           Sunday
           
             morning
             went
             to
             the
             great
             Church
             ,
             where
             having
             received
             the
             Holy
             Communion
             before
             our
             Blessed
             Lady
             of
             Immaculate
             Conception
             ,
             with
             great
             Devotion
             .
             I
             went
             to
             the
             principal
             guard
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             that
             were
             present
             ,
             I
             expressed
             my self
             to
             this
             effect
             .
          
           That
           all
           those
           ,
           who
           were
           True
           Catholicks
           ,
           Defenders
           of
           the
           Faith
           ,
           and
           Devoto's
           of
           our
           Lady
           of
           Pure
           and
           Immaculate
           Conception
           ,
           should
           follow
           my
           Person
           ,
           being
           that
           same
           day
           at
           four
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           resolved
           to
           march
           out
           to
           seek
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           and
           with
           
           this
           caution
           ,
           that
           he
           that
           should
           refuse
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           should
           be
           held
           for
           Infamous
           and
           a
           Coward
           ,
           besely
           slighting
           so
           precise
           an
           obligation
           .
        
         
           All
           proffered
           me
           their
           assistance
           ,
           except
           those
           that
           had
           slunk
           from
           me
           at
           Guiabal
           ;
           And
           when
           I
           had
           drawn
           them
           up
           in
           order
           ,
           I
           carried
           the
           chief
           of
           them
           to
           the
           great
           Church
           ,
           where
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           our
           Lady
           of
           Pure
           and
           Immaculate
           Conception
           ,
           I
           made
           an
           Oath
           to
           die
           in
           her
           Defence
           ;
           And
           I
           gave
           her
           a
           Diamond
           Ring
           of
           the
           Value
           of
           forty
           thousand
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           in
           token
           of
           Compliance
           with
           my
           word
           ,
           and
           heartily
           invoked
           her
           aid
           .
           And
           all
           present
           made
           the
           same
           Oath
           ,
           with
           much
           fervour
           .
        
         
           The
           Images
           of
           the
           Pure
           and
           Immaculate
           Conception
           ever
           since
           the
           day
           of
           the
           Fight
           at
           Chagre
           Castle
           ,
           had
           been
           carried
           out
           in
           general
           Procession
           ,
           attended
           by
           all
           the
           Religious
           ,
           and
           Fraternity
           of
           the
           Cathedral
           of
           St.
           Francis
           ,
           that
           of
           the
           Nuns
           of
           our
           Lady
           of
           the
           Rosario
           ,
           those
           of
           San
           Domingo
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           the
           Mercedes
           ,
           together
           with
           all
           the
           Saints
           and
           Patrons
           of
           the
           Religious
           .
           And
           always
           
           the
           most
           Holy
           Sacrament
           in
           all
           Churches
           was
           uncovered
           and
           exposed
           to
           publick
           view
           .
           Masses
           were
           continually
           said
           for
           my
           happy
           success
           .
           I
           parted
           with
           all
           my
           Jewels
           and
           Relicks
           collected
           in
           my
           Pilgrimage
           ,
           presenting
           them
           to
           the
           asforesaid
           images
           ,
           Saints
           and
           Patrons
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           I
           marched
           with
           my
           Army
           about
           a
           League
           from
           Panama
           having
           with
           me
           three
           Field
           pieces
           covered
           with
           leather
           and
           charged
           .
           And
           from
           that
           place
           I
           ordered
           another
           Party
           with
           two
           other
           Guns
           ,
           of
           the
           Men
           which
           came
           from
           the
           River
           ,
           being
           above
           three
           hundred
           ,
           to
           advance
           towards
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           which
           neither
           did
           any
           good
           .
        
         
           This
           Body
           of
           Men
           which
           I
           had
           thus
           brought
           with
           me
           ,
           was
           compounded
           of
           two
           sorts
           ,
           Valiant
           Military
           Men
           ,
           and
           faint
           hearted
           Cowards
           ,
           many
           of
           them
           having
           all
           their
           Estates
           ,
           or
           pay
           due
           to
           them
           ,
           left
           in
           the
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           ,
           and
           
             Puerto
             Velo
          
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           part
           of
           my
           Men
           were
           
             Negroes
             ,
             Nulattos
          
           and
           Indians
           ,
           to
           the
           number
           of
           about
           twelve
           hundred
           ,
           besides
           two
           hundred
           Negroes
           more
           belonging
           to
           the
           Astiento
           .
           Our
           Fire
           Arms
           were
           
           few
           and
           bad
           ,
           in
           comparison
           of
           those
           the
           Enemy
           brought
           :
           For
           ours
           were
           Carbins
           ,
           Harquebusles
           and
           Fowling
           pieces
           ,
           but
           few
           Muskets
           for
           they
           had
           likewise
           been
           left
           in
           
             Puerto
             Velo
          
           and
           Chagre
           .
        
         
           Now
           having
           formed
           the
           Army
           ,
           into
           two
           double
           Squadrons
           ,
           and
           the
           Cavalry
           which
           were
           two
           hundred
           ,
           mounted
           on
           the
           same
           tired
           Horses
           which
           had
           brought
           them
           thither
           ,
           and
           with
           two
           great
           Herds
           of
           Oxen
           and
           Bulls
           ,
           drove
           thither
           by
           fifty
           Cow-keepers
           on
           purpose
           to
           disorder
           the
           Enemy
           .
           The
           Army
           all
           appeared
           brisk
           and
           courageous
           ,
           desireing
           nothing
           more
           than
           to
           engage
           ;
           nor
           wanted
           there
           any
           thing
           of
           Regalo
           to
           infuse
           Spirit
           into
           them
           .
           So
           that
           it
           seemed
           to
           me
           ,
           by
           what
           I
           saw
           ,
           and
           what
           they
           told
           me
           ,
           that
           they
           would
           be
           able
           to
           charge
           the
           Enemy
           like
           Lightning
           .
        
         
           On
           Wednesday
           morning
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           appeared
           ,
           seeming
           to
           direct
           their
           march
           towards
           our
           Rear
           in
           three
           Squadrons
           ,
           wherein
           they
           had
           two
           thousand
           three
           hundred
           Men
           ,
           as
           I
           understood
           for
           certain
           afterwards
           ,
           but
           by
           and
           by
           they
           taking
           a
           compass
           ,
           advanced
           to
           the
           Front
           of
           our
           
           Army
           .
           I
           had
           put
           for
           Leader
           of
           our
           left
           Wing
           
             Dom
             Alonso
             Alcaudete
          
           ,
           and
           for
           Leader
           of
           the
           right
           Wing
           the
           Governour
           of
           
             Beragues
             ,
             Don
             Iuan
             Portando
             Bargueno
             ,
          
           and
           in
           the
           centre
           the
           Serjeant
           Major
           ;
           To
           these
           I
           gave
           strict
           Command
           that
           none
           should
           move
           without
           my
           order
           ,
           and
           that
           coming
           within
           shot
           ,
           the
           three
           first
           Ranks
           should
           Fire
           on
           their
           Knees
           ,
           and
           after
           this
           charge
           ,
           they
           should
           give
           place
           to
           the
           Rear
           to
           come
           up
           and
           Fire
           ,
           and
           that
           although
           they
           should
           chance
           to
           see
           any
           fall
           Dead
           ,
           or
           Wounded
           ,
           they
           should
           not
           quit
           their
           stations
           ,
           but
           to
           the
           last
           extremity
           observe
           these
           their
           Orders
           .
        
         
           I
           was
           at
           this
           time
           in
           the
           right
           Wing
           of
           the
           Vanguard
           ,
           watching
           the
           Enemies
           motion
           ,
           which
           was
           hasty
           ,
           by
           the
           Foot
           of
           a
           Hill
           ,
           in
           a
           narrow
           place
           ,
           about
           three
           Musket
           shot
           from
           the
           left
           Wing
           of
           our
           Army
           .
           When
           on
           a
           sudden
           I
           heard
           a
           loud
           clamour
           ,
           crying
           out
           ,
           
             Fall
             on
             ,
             fall
             on
             ;
             For
             they
             Fly.
             At
             which
             Don
             Alonso
             de
             Alcaudete
             ,
          
           was
           not
           able
           to
           keep
           them
           in
           their
           Ranks
           nor
           stop
           them
           from
           running
           away
           ,
           though
           he
           cut
           them
           with
           his
           Sword
           ,
           but
           they
           all
           fell
           into
           disorder
           ;
           And
           I
           well
           knowing
           the
           Fatality
           of
           this
           
           gave
           command
           that
           they
           should
           drive
           in
           the
           Herds
           of
           Cattle
           ,
           and
           charge
           with
           the
           Horse
           ,
           So
           putting
           my self
           in
           the
           Head
           of
           the
           Squadron
           of
           the
           right
           Wing
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             come
             along
             Boys
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             other
             remedy
             now
             ,
             but
             to
             Conquer
             ,
             or
             Die
          
           ;
           Follow
           me
           .
           I
           went
           directly
           to
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           and
           hardly
           did
           our
           Men
           se●
           some
           fall
           Dead
           ,
           and
           others
           Wounded
           ,
           but
           they
           turned
           their
           backs
           ,
           and
           fled
           ;
           leaving
           me
           there
           with
           only
           one
           Negro
           ,
           and
           one
           Servant
           that
           followed
           me
           .
           Yet
           I
           went
           forward
           to
           comply
           with
           my
           word
           to
           the
           Virgin
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           Die
           in
           her
           Defence
           ,
           receiving
           a
           shot
           in
           a
           staff
           which
           I
           carried
           in
           my
           Hand
           upright
           close
           to
           my
           cheek
           .
           At
           which
           moment
           came
           up
           to
           me
           a
           Priest
           of
           the
           great
           Church
           ,
           called
           
             Iuan
             de
             Dios
          
           (
           who
           was
           wont
           to
           say
           Mass
           in
           my
           House
           )
           beseeching
           me
           to
           retire
           and
           save
           my self
           whom
           I
           twice
           sharply
           reprehended
           .
           But
           the
           third
           time
           ,
           he
           persisting
           ,
           telling
           me
           that
           it
           was
           meer
           desperation
           to
           Die
           on
           that
           manner
           ,
           and
           not
           like
           a
           Christian.
           With
           that
           I
           retired
           ,
           it
           being
           a
           miracle
           of
           the
           Virgin
           to
           bring
           me
           off
           safe
           from
           amidst
           so
           many
           thousand
           Bullets
           .
        
         
         
           After
           this
           I
           endeavoured
           with
           all
           my
           industry
           to
           perswade
           the
           Souldiers
           to
           turn
           and
           face
           our
           Enemies
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           impossible
           ;
           so
           that
           nothing
           hindering
           them
           ,
           they
           entred
           the
           City
           ,
           to
           which
           the
           Slaves
           and
           Owners
           of
           the
           Houses
           had
           put
           Fire
           ,
           and
           being
           all
           of
           Boards
           and
           Timber
           ,
           't
           was
           most
           of
           it
           quickly
           burnt
           ,
           except
           the
           Audiencia
           ,
           the
           Governours
           House
           ,
           the
           Convent
           of
           the
           
             Mercedes
             ,
             San
             Ioseph
          
           ,
           the
           Suburbs
           of
           Malambo
           ,
           and
           
             Pierde
             Vidas
          
           ,
           at
           which
           they
           say
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           fretted
           very
           much
           for
           being
           disappointed
           of
           their
           Plunder
           .
           And
           because
           they
           had
           brought
           with
           them
           an
           English
           Man
           ,
           whom
           they
           called
           
             The
             Prince
          
           ,
           with
           intent
           there
           to
           Crown
           him
           
             King
             of
             the
             Terra
             Firma
          
           .
        
         
           The
           English
           having
           thus
           got
           possession
           of
           the
           Relicks
           of
           our
           Town
           ,
           found
           a
           Bark
           in
           the
           Fasca
           ,
           although
           I
           had
           given
           order
           there
           should
           be
           none
           ,
           yet
           had
           they
           not
           complied
           with
           my
           command
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           would
           have
           set
           it
           on
           Fire
           ,
           the
           Enemy
           came
           fast
           and
           put
           it
           out
           ,
           and
           with
           it
           did
           us
           much
           damage
           ,
           for
           they
           took
           three
           more
           with
           it
           ,
           and
           made
           great
           havock
           of
           all
           they
           found
           in
           
           the
           Islands
           of
           
             Tabaga
             ,
             Otoque
             ,
             and
             las
             Islas
             del
             Rey
             ,
          
           taking
           and
           bringing
           from
           thence
           many
           Prisoners
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           misfortune
           ,
           I
           gave
           order
           to
           all
           the
           People
           I
           met
           ,
           that
           they
           should
           stay
           for
           me
           at
           Nata
           for
           there
           I
           intended
           to
           form
           the
           Body
           of
           an
           Army
           ,
           once
           more
           to
           encounter
           the
           English.
           But
           when
           I
           came
           to
           that
           City
           ,
           I
           found
           not
           one
           Soul
           therein
           ,
           for
           all
           were
           fled
           to
           the
           Mountains
           .
        
         
           The
           same
           happened
           to
           me
           at
           the
           Town
           from
           whence
           I
           dispatched
           a
           Vessel
           to
           Peru
           ,
           with
           the
           sad
           News
           of
           our
           misfortune
           ,
           as
           I
           had
           done
           by
           Land
           to
           
             Guatimala
             ,
             Mexico
          
           ,
           and
           by
           
             Puerto
             Velo
          
           to
           Sparue
           .
        
         
           And
           although
           I
           afterwards
           attempted
           several
           times
           to
           form
           an
           Army
           ,
           yet
           I
           could
           not
           do
           any
           good
           of
           it
           ,
           because
           no
           Man
           would
           be
           perswaded
           to
           follow
           me
           .
           So
           that
           I
           remained
           utterly
           destitute
           of
           any
           Guard
           ,
           till
           such
           time
           as
           the
           English
           marched
           back
           to
           the
           Castle
           of
           Chagre
           to
           make
           his
           Voyage
           for
           Iamaica
           .
        
         
         
           There
           embarked
           themselves
           for
           Peru
           ,
           without
           seeing
           the
           face
           of
           an
           Enemy
           ,
           the
           
             Castellan
             Saludo
          
           ,
           (
           whom
           I
           did
           not
           believe
           to
           be
           such
           a
           one
           )
           
             Don
             Iuan
             de
             Aras
             ,
             Francisco
             Gonzales
             Ca●asco
          
           being
           a
           young
           lively
           Captain
           ,
           and
           many
           Others
           .
        
         
           This
           Sir
           ,
           has
           been
           a
           Chastisement
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           and
           the
           same
           might
           have
           happened
           to
           that
           great
           Captain
           
             Gensalo
             Fernando
             de
             Cordova
          
           ,
           as
           did
           to
           me
           ,
           if
           his
           Men
           had
           deserted
           him
           ,
           for
           one
           Man
           alone
           can
           do
           little
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           middle
           of
           all
           this
           Torrent
           of
           Affliction
           ,
           it
           was
           no
           small
           good
           fortune
           ,
           to
           have
           the
           Fort
           of
           
             San
             Geromino
          
           in
           
             Puerto
             Velo
          
           finished
           ;
           And
           to
           have
           the
           Fortifications
           of
           those
           two
           Castles
           made
           there
           anew
           .
           Because
           their
           first
           intent
           was
           to
           have
           attaqued
           the
           said
           Castles
           ,
           which
           are
           ,
           as
           report
           goes
           ,
           well
           furnished
           with
           Men
           and
           Ammunition
           .
        
         
           If
           all
           were
           lost
           ,
           I
           hope
           God
           would
           give
           me
           patience
           to
           suffer
           so
           great
           a
           Punishment
           .
           But
           so
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           Presidents
           together
           that
           this
           Kingdom
           has
           
           ever
           had
           ;
           have
           not
           done
           the
           third
           part
           of
           what
           I
           have
           done
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           the
           prevention
           of
           these
           mischiefs
           :
           But
           I
           know
           my self
           so
           unfortunate
           as
           not
           to
           have
           People
           sent
           me
           out
           of
           Spain
           that
           are
           paid
           ;
           And
           so
           long
           as
           that
           shall
           happen
           not
           to
           be
           so
           in
           this
           Kingdom
           ,
           and
           that
           Chagre
           and
           Panama
           shall
           not
           be
           fortified
           ,
           they
           will
           be
           in
           perpetual
           danger
           of
           loseing
           the
           Indies
           .
        
         
           This
           is
           what
           has
           passed
           ,
           omitting
           infinite
           particulars
           ,
           not
           to
           enlarge
           too
           much
           ,
           and
           which
           is
           all
           I
           have
           to
           say
           to
           you
           ,
           whose
           Life
           God
           preserve
           many
           years
           .
           Panama
           ,
           &c.
           
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Relation
           of
           Colonel
           Beeston
           ,
           his
           Voyage
           to
           Carthagena
           ,
           for
           adjusting
           the
           Peace
           made
           in
           Spain
           ,
           for
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           &c.
           
           
        
         
           COlonel
           
             William
             Beeston
          
           having
           received
           Orders
           and
           Instructions
           from
           the
           Honourable
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Linch
          
           Knight
           his
           Majesties
           Lieutenant
           Governour
           of
           the
           Island
           of
           Iamaica
           ,
           to
           embark
           on
           the
           Assistance
           Frigate
           ,
           for
           his
           Negotiation
           to
           Carthagena
           ,
           there
           to
           Congratulate
           and
           Adjust
           with
           that
           Governour
           the
           Peace
           that
           had
           been
           made
           in
           Madrid
           for
           the
           West-Indies
           ,
           by
           his
           Excellency
           Sir
           
             William
             Godolphin
          
           Knight
           his
           Majesty
           of
           Great
           Brittains
           Ambassador
           in
           the
           Court
           of
           Spain
           :
           And
           the
           
             Conde
             de
             Penneranda
          
           ;
           And
           having
           also
           Power
           to
           demand
           all
           such
           Prisoners
           not
           only
           English
           but
           any
           other
           Nation
           ,
           which
           
           had
           been
           taken
           under
           the
           Colours
           of
           his
           Majesty
           in
           order
           to
           his
           Service
           .
        
         
           On
           
             Sunday
             ,
             Iuly
          
           the
           sixteenth
           1671.
           
           We
           went
           aboard
           ,
           and
           immediately
           put
           to
           Sea
           ;
           The
           Colonel
           having
           a
           handsome
           Train
           of
           Servants
           ,
           and
           half
           a
           dozen
           Gentlemen
           ,
           who
           went
           out
           of
           respect
           to
           wait
           on
           him
           ,
           and
           a
           curiosity
           to
           see
           the
           Spaniards
           Country
           .
           We
           had
           also
           attending
           on
           us
           another
           Frigate
           called
           the
           Welcome
           ,
           commanded
           by
           Captain
           Wilgresse
           .
        
         
           Wednesday
           the
           nineteenth
           ,
           Captain
           Hubert
           having
           been
           sick
           some
           few
           days
           before
           ,
           died
           at
           about
           four
           a
           Clock
           in
           the
           afternoon
           ,
           in
           the
           latitude
           of
           fifteen
           degrees
           :
           And
           on
           the
           twentieth
           at
           ten
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           in
           latitude
           fourteen
           degrees
           was
           decently
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           usual
           Ceremonies
           of
           such
           persons
           dying
           there
           ,
           buryed
           in
           the
           Sea.
           
        
         
           Sunday
           the
           twenty
           third
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           we
           fell
           in
           with
           the
           Land
           of
           Carthagena
           and
           stood
           towards
           the
           City
           ,
           which
           we
           came
           in
           view
           of
           at
           one
           a
           Clock
           ;
           And
           being
           within
           about
           a
           league
           and
           a
           half
           of
           
           it
           ,
           the
           Colonel
           sent
           off
           the
           Pinnace
           ,
           with
           a
           White
           Flag
           ,
           and
           in
           her
           Mr.
           
             William
             Stone
          
           ,
           and
           Mr.
           
             David
             Gomez
          
           ,
           with
           these
           Orders
           :
           That
           after
           due
           respects
           paid
           to
           the
           Governour
           ,
           they
           should
           tell
           him
           that
           the
           Ships
           that
           appeared
           before
           the
           City
           ,
           were
           two
           of
           his
           Majesty
           of
           Great
           Britains
           Frigats
           ,
           which
           were
           sent
           thither
           by
           the
           Honourable
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Linch
          
           his
           Majesties
           Lieutenant
           Governour
           of
           Iamaica
           .
           And
           that
           they
           were
           sent
           from
           a
           Gentleman
           on
           board
           to
           him
           ,
           to
           let
           him
           know
           who
           he
           was
           ,
           and
           further
           to
           acquaint
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           came
           by
           order
           of
           the
           said
           Governour
           to
           Congratulate
           ,
           and
           adjust
           with
           him
           ,
           the
           Peace
           made
           in
           Madrid
           for
           the
           West-Indies
           .
        
         
           That
           the
           said
           Gentleman
           desired
           to
           know
           ,
           whether
           they
           might
           have
           Liberty
           to
           come
           on
           shoar
           ,
           and
           return
           on
           board
           again
           with
           safety
           ,
           as
           their
           business
           might
           require
           :
           The
           which
           if
           he
           would
           promise
           they
           would
           come
           ashoar
           ,
           and
           impart
           what
           they
           had
           in
           Commission
           to
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           Colonel
           moreover
           ordered
           them
           to
           acquaint
           the
           Governour
           ,
           that
           it
           was
           
           not
           the
           Custom
           of
           his
           Majesties
           Ships
           of
           War
           ,
           to
           salute
           any
           place
           where-ever
           they
           should
           come
           with
           their
           Ordinance
           ,
           unless
           they
           were
           assured
           of
           a
           due
           return
           ,
           which
           if
           he
           would
           please
           to
           promise
           by
           those
           Gentlemen
           at
           their
           coming
           back
           on
           board
           ;
           We
           would
           salute
           the
           City
           .
        
         
           About
           five
           in
           the
           evening
           our
           Pinnace
           came
           off
           with
           their
           White
           Flag
           surled
           ,
           and
           Mr.
           Stone
           at
           his
           coming
           aboard
           ,
           brought
           this
           account
           :
           That
           the
           Governour
           entreated
           him
           to
           tell
           the
           Colonel
           ,
           that
           he
           was
           very
           welcome
           ;
           that
           he
           should
           have
           all
           the
           Liberty
           he
           could
           desire
           ,
           both
           in
           coming
           ashoar
           and
           returning
           aboard
           ;
           that
           the
           City
           was
           ready
           to
           receive
           us
           with
           all
           respect
           ,
           and
           where
           we
           should
           be
           with
           all
           manner
           of
           Freedom
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Colonel
           might
           as●ure
           himself
           ,
           he
           should
           be
           treated
           ,
           as
           a
           Person
           bearing
           that
           Character
           ought
           to
           be
           :
           And
           if
           we
           should
           think
           good
           to
           〈◊〉
           the
           City
           ,
           they
           would
           retarn
           the
           〈◊〉
           with
           an
           equal
           number
           of
           Gvns.
           Which
           Civil
           answer
           having
           received
           ,
           we
           ●ired
           from
           the
           Assistance
           twenty
           one
           and
           from
           the
           Welcome
           fifteen
           Guns
           ,
           which
           they
           
           answered
           from
           their
           Walls
           with
           forty
           .
        
         
           Munday
           the
           twenty
           fourth
           ,
           we
           went
           ashoar
           ,
           with
           both
           the
           Ships
           Pinnaces
           and
           for
           the
           more
           solemnity
           ;
           had
           salutes
           from
           both
           the
           Frigates
           at
           our
           putting
           off
           .
        
         
           At
           our
           landing
           ,
           which
           was
           at
           a
           small
           distance
           from
           the
           Town-wall
           ,
           we
           were
           met
           by
           ten
           Coaches
           ,
           a
           Company
           of
           Foot
           ,
           the
           Serjeant
           Major
           of
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           the
           Captain
           
             Bocca
             Chica
          
           the
           Castellan
           ,
           or
           Commander
           of
           the
           Castle
           ,
           with
           several
           other
           Gentlemen
           of
           Quality
           and
           saluted
           with
           those
           Ordinance
           ,
           which
           lay
           on
           that
           part
           of
           the
           Wall
           next
           us
           ,
           and
           thence
           conducted
           to
           the
           House
           of
           the
           Governour
           
             Don
             Pedro
             de
             Ribadaneira
          
           ,
           in
           our
           way
           to
           which
           ,
           the
           streets
           were
           extreamly
           thronged
           with
           People
           ,
           who
           wondred
           much
           at
           our
           Garb
           ,
           being
           used
           to
           see
           none
           but
           those
           of
           their
           own
           Nation
           .
        
         
           When
           we
           came
           to
           the
           Governours
           ,
           who
           received
           us
           at
           the
           stair
           head
           ,
           en●tring
           into
           a
           large
           Room
           ,
           we
           found
           him
           waited
           on
           by
           about
           fifty
           of
           the
           Best
           
           Gentlemen
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           who
           as
           himself
           was
           ,
           were
           richly
           habited
           ,
           and
           adorned
           with
           Gold
           and
           Jewels
           ,
           and
           many
           of
           them
           of
           the
           Orders
           of
           Saint
           
             Iago
             ,
             Calatrava
          
           ,
           and
           Alcautara
           .
           After
           the
           Ceremony
           of
           our
           reception
           was
           over
           ,
           all
           then
           fate
           down
           ;
           The
           Governour
           with
           great
           compliment
           placing
           the
           Colonel
           ,
           and
           Captain
           Reide
           his
           Companion
           ,
           in
           the
           two
           first
           Chairs
           on
           the
           right
           hand
           ,
           no
           Apologies
           on
           their
           parts
           serving
           to
           excuse
           it
           .
        
         
           After
           this
           the
           Colonel
           delivered
           his
           Letters
           and
           other
           Papers
           relating
           to
           the
           Affair
           he
           came
           about
           ,
           which
           were
           given
           to
           the
           Secretary
           ,
           to
           cause
           them
           to
           be
           transalted
           ,
           and
           then
           they
           passed
           the
           time
           in
           publick
           Discourse
           ,
           At
           noon
           we
           were
           treated
           with
           an
           extraordinary
           Dinner
           ,
           served
           all
           in
           Plate
           ,
           and
           entertained
           with
           Musick
           ,
           much
           Chearfulness
           shown
           ,
           and
           great
           expessions
           of
           their
           Satisfaction
           ,
           by
           Drinking
           his
           Majesties
           Health
           ,
           the
           Queens
           ,
           his
           Royal
           Highness
           the
           Duke
           of
           Torks
           and
           others
           .
           Betwixt
           this
           ,
           the
           Papers
           were
           translating
           ;
           we
           spent
           most
           of
           the
           time
           in
           treating
           
           such
           Gentlemen
           of
           Quality
           ,
           as
           the
           Governour
           permitted
           to
           come
           on
           board
           ,
           and
           see
           the
           Frigates
           ;
           who
           gave
           him
           an
           account
           of
           the
           Strength
           and
           Beauty
           of
           them
           ,
           with
           which
           ,
           and
           their
           entertainment
           ,
           they
           were
           infinitely
           pleased
           .
        
         
           On
           Wednesday
           morning
           the
           Governour
           called
           his
           Council
           together
           ,
           and
           having
           placed
           Colonel
           Beeston
           on
           his
           right
           ,
           Hand
           ,
           and
           Captain
           Reide
           on
           his
           left
           .
           The
           Papers
           were
           all
           read
           ,
           and
           the
           business
           of
           the
           Peace
           was
           Discoursed
           ,
           not
           without
           much
           resentment
           ,
           for
           the
           taking
           of
           Panama
           ,
           which
           was
           with
           great
           eagerness
           and
           dissatisfaction
           urged
           ,
           as
           done
           after
           certain
           notice
           of
           the
           conclusion
           of
           the
           Peace
           ,
           which
           they
           alledged
           was
           published
           in
           Carthagena
           the
           second
           of
           March.
           
        
         
           All
           which
           the
           Colonel
           excused
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           he
           could
           ,
           acquainting
           them
           with
           our
           Ignorance
           of
           it
           in
           Iamaica
           ,
           till
           the
           〈◊〉
           of
           Sir
           
             Thomas
             Linch
          
           our
           Present
           Governour
           .
        
         
           Then
           the
           Colonel
           demanded
           of
           them
           ,
           our
           English
           Prisoners
           taken
           by
           them
           ,
           
           which
           were
           immediately
           delivered
           to
           us
           ,
           to
           the
           number
           of
           three
           and
           thirty
           ;
           And
           to
           pacifie
           in
           some
           measure
           their
           complaints
           ,
           it
           was
           at
           length
           concluded
           on
           by
           us
           ,
           That
           all
           
             Spanish
             Negroes
          
           ,
           of
           the
           Provinces
           of
           Carthagena
           and
           Panama
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           taken
           and
           could
           be
           found
           in
           Iamaica
           ,
           and
           that
           could
           prove
           they
           were
           free
           in
           their
           own
           Country
           ,
           should
           be
           set
           at
           liberty
           :
           And
           that
           all
           Negroes
           of
           the
           said
           Provinces
           ,
           which
           were
           Slaves
           should
           be
           redeemed
           by
           their
           Masters
           ,
           if
           they
           would
           come
           for
           them
           ,
           at
           eighteen
           or
           twenty
           pounds
           per
           head
           .
        
         
           After
           we
           had
           quite
           finished
           our
           business
           ,
           The
           City
           invited
           us
           to
           Dinner
           ,
           where
           we
           were
           nobly
           treated
           ,
           as
           well
           with
           Feasting
           ,
           as
           with
           their
           great
           Guns
           ,
           and
           all
           other
           expressions
           of
           their
           Joy
           for
           the
           Peace
           .
           Though
           in
           the
           main
           ,
           they
           seemed
           suspicious
           ,
           as
           doubting
           whether
           or
           no
           we
           intended
           to
           keep
           it
           strictly
           ;
           And
           to
           strengthen
           it
           ,
           soon
           after
           Dinner
           ,
           there
           came
           an
           Express
           to
           the
           Governour
           ,
           from
           the
           wind-ward
           ,
           giving
           him
           an
           account
           ,
           that
           there
           were
           two
           Privateers
           come
           to
           an
           〈◊〉
           ,
           near
           
             〈◊〉
             de
             Canu
          
           ,
           which
           is
           about
           five
           leagues
           
           from
           the
           City
           .
           At
           which
           they
           seemed
           infinitely
           dissatisfied
           ,
           and
           confidently
           affirmed
           they
           must
           needs
           be
           English
           ,
           and
           told
           us
           with
           all
           that
           there
           was
           but
           small
           likelihood
           the
           Peace
           should
           be
           long
           continued
           ,
           when
           our
           Privateers
           came
           before
           the
           Town
           ,
           whilst
           we
           were
           there
           treating
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           owning
           the
           Peace
           .
           To
           appease
           which
           ,
           the
           Colonel
           ,
           assured
           them
           ,
           Sir
           
             Thoms
             Linch
          
           had
           called
           in
           all
           the
           Commissions
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           was
           confident
           we
           had
           not
           on
           Privateer
           abroad
           .
           So
           that
           if
           there
           were
           any
           such
           Vessells
           out
           ,
           they
           were
           French
           of
           Tortuga
           ;
           But
           for
           their
           better
           satisfaction
           ,
           if
           the
           Governour
           desire
           it
           ,
           he
           would
           send
           one
           of
           the
           Frigats
           to
           see
           what
           they
           were
           .
           Which
           offer
           he
           gladly
           accepted
           .
           And
           that
           he
           might
           see
           we
           intended
           nothing
           more
           than
           the
           Preservation
           of
           the
           Peace
           ,
           the
           Colonel
           sent
           Captain
           Wilgresse
           to
           Sea
           ,
           who
           returned
           again
           in
           twenty
           four
           hours
           ,
           having
           been
           beyond
           the
           place
           ,
           where
           they
           were
           reported
           to
           have
           been
           ,
           but
           saw
           none
           ,
           at
           which
           they
           were
           again
           satisfied
           .
        
         
           The
           remainder
           of
           the
           time
           we
           staid
           here
           ,
           which
           was
           whilst
           the
           Governours
           
           Papers
           were
           dispatching
           ,
           we
           spent
           in
           viewing
           the
           Town
           ,
           and
           treating
           several
           Gentlemen
           of
           theirs
           a
           board
           ,
           who
           were
           curious
           to
           see
           the
           Frigats
           and
           their
           strength
           .
        
         
           The
           City
           of
           Carthagena
           lies
           on
           a
           Bay
           by
           the
           Sea
           side
           ,
           built
           on
           a
           Sand
           ,
           but
           to
           Landward
           it
           is
           very
           boggy
           .
           It
           is
           in
           length
           about
           three
           quarters
           of
           a
           mile
           ,
           and
           not
           full
           half
           a
           mile
           in
           bredath
           .
           `
           T
           is
           walled
           all
           round
           with
           a
           thick
           stone
           wall
           of
           about
           four
           and
           twenty
           foot
           high
           ,
           with
           Bastions
           built
           with
           Orillons
           ,
           in
           some
           parts
           ,
           in
           others
           they
           are
           plain
           :
           But
           has
           neither
           Graffs
           nor
           Ramparts
           .
           The
           Guns
           which
           are
           in
           number
           one
           hundred
           twenty
           six
           ,
           are
           most
           Brass
           and
           Copper
           ,
           and
           lie
           upon
           the
           Parapets
           ,
           and
           looking
           over
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           walls
           ,
           without
           either
           Battlements
           ,
           or
           common
           Basekets
           ,
           to
           blind
           them
           .
           In
           the
           wall
           are
           three
           Gates
           ;
           one
           to
           the
           South
           called
           
             San
             Domingo
          
           ;
           one
           to
           the
           North
           East
           ,
           called
           
             Santa
             Catalina
          
           ,
           and
           one
           to
           the
           East
           ,
           which
           goes
           to
           the
           Harbour
           ,
           and
           into
           the
           Country
           .
           This
           City
           nevertheless
           is
           not
           strong
           ,
           for
           there
           is
           neither
           Castle
           ,
           nor
           any
           considerable
           place
           of
           strength
           in
           it
           ;
           and
           moreover
           to
           the
           North
           
           North
           West
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Bay
           ,
           those
           winds
           have
           made
           in
           the
           wall
           three
           great
           Breaches
           ,
           which
           may
           be
           entred
           with
           ease
           .
           The
           People
           likewise
           are
           not
           many
           besides
           Church
           Men
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           most
           part
           are
           Creolians
           who
           are
           half
           Spaniard
           and
           half
           Indian
           ;
           There
           are
           also
           many
           Molatto's
           and
           Negroes
           amongst
           them
           .
           Their
           Souldiers
           are
           Armed
           (
           for
           Fire
           Arms
           )
           only
           with
           match
           Locks
           ,
           in
           the
           use
           of
           which
           they
           are
           likewise
           very
           unexpert
           .
        
         
           The
           City
           in
           general
           is
           well
           built
           with
           Stone
           ,
           and
           covered
           with
           Tile
           ;
           the
           streets
           are
           narrow
           ,
           and
           the
           Houses
           for
           the
           most
           part
           contiguous
           ,
           and
           most
           of
           them
           four
           or
           five
           stories
           high
           ,
           with
           Balconies
           of
           Wood
           and
           great
           Wooden
           Lattices
           as
           they
           have
           in
           Spain
           .
           Here
           are
           many
           Beautiful
           Churches
           ,
           and
           other
           Publick
           Structures
           .
           One
           of
           their
           greatest
           wants
           is
           fresh
           water
           ,
           having
           none
           but
           what
           falls
           from
           the
           Clouds
           ,
           for
           the
           reception
           whereof
           ,
           they
           have
           large
           Cisterns
           in
           most
           Houses
           and
           likewise
           under
           the
           Bastions
           in
           the
           walls
           ,
           where
           they
           keep
           and
           husband
           it
           till
           God
           send
           a
           fresh
           supply
           .
           The
           Town
           appears
           very
           Beautiful
           
           at
           a
           distance
           ,
           for
           there
           are
           many
           Cocao
           Nut
           Trees
           which
           resemble
           Palms
           ,
           growing
           promiscuously
           in
           several
           parts
           thereof
           ,
           and
           overtopping
           the
           Houses
           ;
           which
           is
           a
           delightful
           Ornament
           to
           it
           .
        
         
           On
           the
           East
           side
           of
           it
           ,
           about
           a
           mile
           distant
           ,
           upon
           an
           Eminence
           stands
           a
           Castle
           called
           
             Santa
             Madalena
          
           ,
           provided
           with
           many
           Guns
           of
           Brass
           ,
           Copper
           and
           Iron
           ,
           which
           they
           look
           upon
           ,
           as
           of
           great
           strength
           ,
           and
           able
           to
           do
           much
           in
           their
           defence
           ,
           and
           for
           preservation
           of
           their
           City
           .
        
         
           Whilst
           we
           staid
           here
           some
           of
           our
           Company
           were
           desirous
           to
           treat
           with
           one
           Herman
           an
           Eminent
           Factor
           here
           for
           the
           
             Grillo's
             Genoese
          
           Merchants
           in
           Spain
           ,
           in
           hopes
           to
           have
           sold
           him
           some
           Negroes
           from
           Iamaca
           ,
           but
           he
           was
           so
           ill
           beloved
           by
           the
           People
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           so
           suspicious
           of
           us
           ,
           left
           we
           should
           sell
           the
           Negroes
           which
           waited
           on
           us
           ,
           that
           we
           could
           not
           have
           any
           discourse
           with
           him
           .
        
         
           On
           Friday
           the
           twenty
           eighth
           .
           We
           received
           our
           Letters
           and
           Dispatches
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           afternoon
           took
           our
           leaves
           of
           
           the
           Governour
           and
           City
           ,
           and
           went
           on
           board
           ,
           staying
           all
           Saturday
           to
           fit
           our
           Ships
           .
        
         
           Sunday
           morning
           we
           Sailed
           ,
           saluting
           the
           City
           at
           our
           going
           off
           ;
           which
           they
           with
           the
           same
           number
           of
           Guns
           answered
           .
        
         
           
             Tuesday
             ,
             August
          
           the
           first
           ,
           we
           met
           with
           the
           
             Santa
             Cruz.
          
           Captain
           
             Francisco
             Garibaldo
          
           Commander
           ,
           a
           Ship
           of
           thirty
           two
           Guns
           .
           Sixteen
           Petreros
           ,
           and
           a
           hundred
           and
           six
           Men
           ,
           she
           belonged
           to
           the
           Grillo's
           and
           had
           on
           board
           a
           hundred
           and
           twenty
           thousand
           pieces
           of
           Eight
           ,
           with
           which
           she
           was
           going
           from
           Carthagena
           ,
           to
           Corizo
           ,
           to
           buy
           Negroes
           .
           Out
           of
           her
           we
           took
           Five
           Prisoners
           ,
           which
           made
           our
           number
           thirty
           eight
           .
           After
           which
           we
           passed
           on
           ;
           And
           without
           any
           thing
           worthy
           of
           remark
           in
           our
           Voyage
           ,
           standing
           over
           for
           Iamaica
           ;
           On
           
             Munday
             August
          
           the
           seventh
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           we
           arrived
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           an
           Anchor
           in
           
             Port
             Royal
          
           Harbour
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A26296-e1590
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             April
             .
          
           
             An.
             Dom
             1680.
             May
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             Iune
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             Iuly
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             August
             .
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Septem
             .
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Octob.
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Novem.
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Decem.
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Septem
             .
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Decem.
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Ianuar.
             
          
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1680.
             
             Februa
             .
          
           
             1680
             /
             1.
             
             March.
             
          
           
             1681.
             
             April
             .
          
           
             May.
             
          
           
             1681.
             
             May.
             
          
           
             Iune
             .
          
           
             1681.
             
             Iune
             .
          
           
             1681.
             
          
           
             Iuly
             .
          
           
             August
             .
          
           
             1681.
             
             August
             .
          
           
             Septem
             .
          
           
             1681.
             
             Septem
             .
          
           
             October
             .
          
           
             1681.
             October
             
          
           
             Novem.
             
          
           
             1681.
             
             Novem.
             
          
           
             Decem.
             
          
           
             1681.
             
             Decem.
             
          
           
             1681
             /
             2.
             
          
           
             Ianuary
             
          
           
             1681
             /
             2.
             Ianuary
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A26296-e21210
           
             1683.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A26296-e22380
           
             1670.
             
          
           
             1670
             Decem.
             
          
           
             1670.
             Ianuary
             
          
           
             1670.
             
             Febr.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A26296-e23690
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1670.
             
             Ianuar.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A26296-e24990
           
             An.
             Dom.
             1671.
             
             Iuly
             .